AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 22, 1998

                                                   REGISTRATION NO. 333 - 55977
    
================================================================================
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               -----------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
    
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               -----------------
                           MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

   

                                                                 
                DELAWARE                          7374                              11-3270245
  (State or other jurisdiction of     (Primary Standard Industrial     (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   incorporation or organization)      Classification Code Number)

    

                         90 MERRICK AVENUE, SUITE 501
                          EAST MEADOW, NEW YORK 11554
                                (516) 542-4500
       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
               code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                               -----------------
                            DAVID M. GOLDWIN, ESQ.
                                GENERAL COUNSEL
                           MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                         90 MERRICK AVENUE, SUITE 501
                          EAST MEADOW, NEW YORK 11554
                                (516) 542-4500
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                              of agent for service)
                               -----------------
                                  COPIES TO:


                                   
           MARK J. TANNENBAUM, ESQ.        FREDERICK W. KANNER, ESQ.
         REBOUL, MACMURRAY, HEWITT,          DEWEY BALLANTINE LLP
             MAYNARD & KRISTOL           1301 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS
            45 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA              NEW YORK, NY 10019
             NEW YORK, NY 10111                (212) 259-8000
               (212) 841-5700

APPROXIMATE  DATE OF  COMMENCEMENT  OF PROPOSED  SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box: [ ] 

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

                               -----------------

     THE REGISTRANT  HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH  DATE  AS THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================

   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 22, 1998
    
PROSPECTUS
   
                               3,600,000 SHARES
    
                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                           MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                 COMMON STOCK
                              ------------------

     All of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby (the "Offering") are being
sold by MEDE AMERICA Corporation ("MEDE AMERICA" or the "Company"). Prior to the
Offering,  there has been no public  market for the Common Stock of the Company.
It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between
$13.00 and $15.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for information  relating to the
factors to be considered in determining the initial public  offering price.  The
Company  intends  to apply to have  the  Company's  Common  Stock  approved  for
quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "MEDE."

                              ------------------

                                                                         
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 9 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT
SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERE HEREBY.
     THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURI-
       TIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER STATE SECURITIES COMMIS-
           SION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY
             STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
                 ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                     TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.




================================================================================
                               PRICE       UNDERWRITING       PROCEEDS
                                TO         DISCOUNTS AND         TO
                               PUBLIC      COMMISSIONS(1)     COMPANY(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 
Per Share .........             $            $                  $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3) ..........           $            $                  $
================================================================================


(1) The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against certain
    liabilities,  including  liabilities  under  the  Securities Act of 1933, as
    amended. See "Underwriting."

(2) Before deducting expenses estimated at $950,000, payable by the Company.

(3) The Company has granted to the  Underwriters  a 30-day option to purchase up
    to 540,000  additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms as set forth
    above solely to cover  over-allotments,  if any. If such option is exercised
    in full, the total Price to Public,  Underwriting  Discounts and Commissions
    and  the  Proceeds  to  Company  will  be $ , $  and $ ,  respectively.  See
    "Underwriting."

                              ------------------

     The shares of Common  Stock are being  offered by the several  Underwriters
named herein,  subject to prior sale,  when, as and if delivered and accepted by
them,  and  subject to their right to reject  orders in whole or in part.  It is
expected  that  certificates  for  such  shares  of  Common  Stock  will be made
available  for  delivery  at the  offices of Smith  Barney  Inc.,  333 West 34th
Street, New York, New York 10001, on or about      , 1998.

                              ------------------

SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
                             WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY
                                                    VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY
      , 1998

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.





















CERTAIN  PERSONS  PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT
STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN  OR  OTHERWISE  AFFECT  THE  PRICE  OF  THE  COMMON  STOCK,
INCLUDING  BY  OVER-ALLOTMENT,  STABILIZING  BIDS,  EFFECTING SYNDICATE COVERING
TRANSACTIONS   OR   IMPOSING  OF  PENALTY  BIDS.  FOR  A  DESCRIPTION  OF  THESE
ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."

     MEDE  AMERICA  is a  trademark  of the  Company.  All  other  trade  names,
trademarks or service  marks  appearing in this  Prospectus  are the property of
their respective owners and are not the property of the Company.


                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  following  summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and the financial statements,
including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                  THE COMPANY

     MEDE AMERICA is a leading provider of electronic data  interchange  ("EDI")
products and services to a broad range of providers and payors in the healthcare
industry.  The Company  offers an integrated  suite of EDI solutions that allows
hospitals,  pharmacies,  physicians, dentists and other healthcare providers and
provider groups to electronically edit, process and transmit claims, eligibility
and  enrollment  data,  track claims  submissions  throughout the claims payment
process  and obtain  faster  reimbursement  for their  services.  In addition to
offering greater  processing speed, the Company's EDI products reduce processing
costs,  increase  collection rates and result in more accurate data interchange.
The Company  maintains over 540 direct  connections  with  insurance  companies,
Medicare and  Medicaid  agencies,  Blue Cross and Blue Shield  systems and other
third party payors,  as well as over 500 indirect  connections  with  additional
payors  through claims  clearinghouses.  Currently,  the Company  processes over
900,000 transactions per day for over 65,000 providers located in all 50 states.

     Since its  formation in March 1995,  the Company has expanded  both through
internal   growth  and  the   acquisition  of  five  healthcare  EDI  processing
businesses.  As part of its  strategy of providing  an  integrated  suite of EDI
solutions to a broad range of healthcare  providers,  the Company has focused on
acquisitions  that  provided  entry into new markets or expanded  the  Company's
product  suite.  The  Company  has  actively  pursued  the  integration  of  its
acquisitions  and, in the process,  has either divested,  closed or restructured
various  operations of the acquired  entities in order to eliminate  non-core or
redundant operations and achieve cost savings and operating efficiencies.

     Innovations  over  the  past  decade  in  computer  and  telecommunications
technologies  have resulted in the development of EDI systems to  electronically
process  and  transmit   information  among  the  various  participants  in  the
healthcare  industry.  These  systems were  designed to replace the  paper-based
recording and transmission of information,  enabling greater  processing  speed,
reduced processing costs and more accurate data interchange. According to Health
Data Directory,  in 1997 over 4.1 billion  electronic and paper claims were paid
in all  sectors  of the  healthcare  services  market.  From  1993 to 1997,  the
proportion  of  total  healthcare  claims  that  were  electronically  processed
increased from 41% to approximately 60%, at an average rate of 16% per year. The
Company  expects the electronic  processing of healthcare  claims to continue to
increase as a result of increased reliance on electronic  commerce and increased
emphasis on cost containment in the healthcare industry.

     The penetration of electronic  processing  varies  significantly  among the
different  markets  within the  healthcare  industry.  According  to Health Data
Directory,  in 1997 electronic  processing  accounted for  approximately  13% of
total  dental  claims,  38% of  total  physician  medical  claims,  83% of total
hospital medical claims and 86% of total pharmacy  claims.  The Company believes
that there is significant  market  potential for EDI processing in the non-claim
area, including eligibility verification, remittance transactions and other data
exchange   transactions  such  as  claims  tracking,   referrals  and  physician
scripting.  The  Company  believes  that  EDI  penetration  in  these  non-claim
transaction  categories is low, and as a result,  the EDI transaction  growth in
these areas will exceed that of the EDI claims processing market.

     The Company believes that it has several  competitive  strengths which will
enable  it  to  capitalize  on  the  significant  growth  opportunities  in  the
healthcare EDI marketplace.

                                       3


     COMPREHENSIVE SUITE OF EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.  The Company has followed
a strategy of  developing  or acquiring  EDI  products and services  that may be
offered  to a broad  range  of  healthcare  providers.  The  Company's  products
incorporate open architecture  designs and "best of breed" technology and may be
purchased  as modular  additions  to the  client's  existing  data  storage  and
retrieval  system,  or as part of a  comprehensive  EDI processing  system.  The
Company  believes it is well positioned to take advantage of the expected growth
of EDI in areas such as  eligibility,  managed care  transactions  and physician
scripting.

     BROAD AND  DIVERSIFIED  CLIENT BASE.  The  Company's  client base is highly
diversified,   consisting  of  approximately  42,000  pharmacies,  8,000  dental
offices, 1,000 hospitals and clinics and 14,000 physicians.  The Company's broad
and  diversified  client base provides it with  transaction-based  revenues that
tend to be recurring and  positions it to capitalize on the rapid  consolidation
taking place within the healthcare industry.

     DIRECT RELATIONSHIPS WITH PROVIDERS AND PAYORS. The range of MEDE AMERICA's
services and the extent of its connectivity with payors provides the opportunity
to achieve  deeper  penetration  of its  provider  base,  while at the same time
offering more complete  solutions to new clients.  MEDE AMERICA believes that it
is strongly positioned to offer reliable, one-stop shopping to providers for all
their EDI needs.

     FOCUS ON CLIENT  SERVICE.  The Company has focused on  implementing  a wide
range of client  service and support  functions  including  the use of automated
client  service  tracking  software,  expanded  client  help  desk  and  account
executive  support  functions  and extensive  client  feedback  mechanisms.  The
Company  believes that its high quality client service enhances the satisfaction
of its clients and generates new revenue  opportunities  in the form of expanded
transaction volume and sales of new products and services.

     LEADING  TECHNOLOGY AND PRODUCT  PLATFORMS.  Over the past two years,  MEDE
AMERICA has invested significant capital in new hardware and software systems to
increase its  transaction  processing  capacity.  As a result of such technology
investments, MEDE AMERICA believes it is able to provide high quality service to
its  clients  in the  form  of  high  network  availability,  batch  transaction
reliability  and high  rates of  payor  claims  acceptance.  MEDE  AMERICA  also
believes  that its  technology  platform,  which is operating  at  approximately
one-third of its total capacity, provides the Company with substantial operating
leverage.

     EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM. Each member of the Company's senior management
team  has  over  15  years  of  experience  in the  information  technology  and
transaction  processing  industries and has extensive background in working with
emerging companies in the information  processing industry. The Company believes
that the range and depth of its senior  management  team  position it to address
the evolving  requirements  of its clients and to manage the growth  required to
meet its strategic goals.

     The  Company's  mission  is  to  be  the  leading  provider  of  integrated
healthcare transaction processing technology,  networks and databases,  enabling
its clients to improve the quality and efficiency of their services.  To achieve
this  objective,  the Company is  pursuing a growth  strategy  comprised  of the
following  elements:  provide a  comprehensive  suite of EDI solutions;  further
penetrate its existing client base through  cross-selling  of emerging  products
and  services;  develop  new EDI  solutions  to  meet  the  evolving  electronic
transaction  processing  needs of its  clients;  continue  to utilize  strategic
alliances  with key players in the  healthcare  industry;  and pursue  strategic
acquisitions  in order to expand  the  Company's  product  offerings,  enter new
markets and capitalize on the Company's operating leverage.

     The Company's  executive  offices are located at 90 Merrick  Avenue,  Suite
501, East Meadow, New York 11554, and its telephone number is (516) 542-4500.

                                       4

                                 THE OFFERING

                                                      
COMMON STOCK OFFERED BY THE COMPANY..       3,600,000 shares

COMMON STOCK TO BE OUTSTANDING AFTER THE
 OFFERING............................       11,581,204 shares (1)(2)

USE  OF  PROCEEDS....................       To retire all  outstanding  bank and
                                            subordinated     indebtedness    and
                                            accrued  interest  thereon,  and for
                                            other  general  corporate  purposes,
                                            including working capital.

PROPOSED NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET SYMBOL....  MEDE


- ----------
   
(1) Reflects the proposed  recapitalization  of the Company's capital stock (the
    "Recapitalization").  The  Recapitalization  involves the  conversion of all
    outstanding  Preferred Stock,  including accrued but unpaid dividends,  into
    Common Stock and the exercise of all  outstanding  warrants,  however,  cash
    realized by the Company upon any exercise of the Underwriters' overallotment
    option  would be applied to the  payment  of  accrued  dividends  in lieu of
    having such dividends convert into Common Stock.

(2) Excludes (i) 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Medic
    Warrant (as defined herein) and (ii) 483,041 shares of Common Stock issuable
    upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 1998 under the
    MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and Its  Subsidiaries  Stock Option and Restricted
    Stock  Purchase Plan (the "Stock Plan"),  of which 212,758 are  exercisable.
    The weighted  average  exercise  price of all  outstanding  stock options is
    $4.84 per share.  See  "Recent  Developments"  and  "Management  -- Employee
    Benefit Plans."

                               RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

     The Company is currently in the process of compiling  preliminary financial
results  for the three  months  ended  June 30,  1998 and  expects to report the
following financial information:

     Revenues  for the three  months  ended  June 30,  1998 were  $12.1  million
compared  to  $10.3  million  in  the  corresponding   period  of  fiscal  1997,
representing  an increase of 18%.  Net loss for the three  months ended June 30,
1998 was $(738,000)  compared to $(3.6 million) in the  corresponding  period of
fiscal 1997,  representing a decrease of 80%. The Company processed 63.8 million
transactions  in the three months ended June 30, 1998,  compared to 49.3 million
transactions processed in the corresponding period of fiscal 1997,  representing
an increase of 29%.

     On July  17,  1998,  the  Company  entered  into a  Transaction  Processing
Agreement  (the  "Processing  Agreement")  with  Medic  Computer  Systems,  Inc.
("Medic"),  a subsidiary  of Misys plc that  develops and licenses  software for
healthcare  providers,   principally  physicians,   MSO;  and  PPMs.  Under  the
Processing  Agreement,  the Company will undertake certain software  development
obligations,  and from July 1, 1999 it will be the exclusive  processor (subject
to certain exceptions) for Medic's subscribers for medical  reimbursement claims
submitted to payors with whom MedE has or  establishes  connectivity.  Under the
Processing  Agreement,  the Company  will be entitled to certain  revenues to be
paid by  payors as well as  certain  fees to be paid by  Medic.  The  Processing
Agreement  sets  forth  detailed   performance   criteria  and  development  and
implementation  timetables. The Processing Agreement is for a fixed term of five
years, with annual renewals thereafter.

     Contemporaneously,  to  ensure a close  working  relationship  between  the
parties,  on July 17,  1998 the Company  granted to Medic a warrant  (the "Medic
Warrant") to acquire  1,250,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock, at a per
share exercise price equal to the price of the Common Stock to the public in the
Offering. The Medic Warrant vests over a two year period and may be exercised up
to five years after  issuance.  The Medic Warrant  contains  customary  weighted
average  antidilution  provisions.  The  Company  and  certain of its  principal
stockholders have agreed that following the completion of the Offering and until
the earlier of the termination of the Processing Agreement or the disposition by
    

                                       5





   
Medic and its  affilates of at least 25% of the shares of Common Stock  issuable
under the Medic Warrant, Medic shall have the right to designate one director to
the Company's Board of Directors.  As of the date of this Prospectus,  Medic has
not named a designee.     

                                  RISK FACTORS

     Prospective  purchasers should consider all of the information contained in
this  Prospectus  before  making an  investment  in shares of Common  Stock.  In
particular,  prospective purchasers should consider the factors set forth herein
under "Risk Factors."

                                       6


                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA


                                                                          YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                  -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         ACTUAL                         PRO FORMA(1)
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------- --------------
                                                        1995             1996              1997             1997
                                                  ---------------- ---------------- ------------------ --------------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                                                                           
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues(3) ....................................    $ 16,246         $ 31,768          $  35,279        $  41,824
 Operating expenses:
  Operations ....................................       9,753           19,174             16,817           18,601
  Sales, marketing and client services ..........       3,615            7,064              8,769           10,450
  Research and development ......................       2,051            2,132              3,278            3,513
  General and administrative ....................       3,119            6,059              5,263            5,516
  Depreciation and amortization .................       2,995            5,176              5,293            7,062
  Write-down of intangible assets ...............       8,191 (4)        9,965 (5)             --               --
  Acquired in-process research and
    development(6) ..............................          --               --              4,354            4,354
  Other charges(7) ..............................       2,864              538              2,301            3,581
                                                     ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------
 Total operating expenses .......................      32,588           50,108             46,075           53,077
                                                     ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------
 Loss from operations ...........................     (16,342)         (18,340)           (10,796)         (11,253)
 Other (income) expense .........................          --              313               (893)            (893)
 Interest expense (income), net .................         189              584              1,504              356
                                                     ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------
 Loss before provision for income taxes .........     (16,531)         (19,237)           (11,407)         (10,716)
 Provision for income taxes .....................          70               93                 57               57
                                                     ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------
 Net loss .......................................     (16,601)         (19,330)           (11,464)         (10,773)
 Preferred stock dividends ......................         (27)          (2,400)            (2,400)              --
                                                     ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------
 Net loss applicable to common
  stockholders...................................    $(16,628)        $(21,730)         $ (13,864)       $ (10,773)
                                                     =========        =========         =========        =========
 Basic net loss per common share ................    $  (3.17)        $  (4.14)        $    (2.56)(8)    $   (1.18)
 Weighted average common shares
  outstanding - Basic ...........................       5,238            5,245              5,425            9,131

                                                                   NINE MONTHS
                                                                 ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                  ---------------------------------------------
                                                              ACTUAL               PRO FORMA(2)
                                                  ------------------------------- -------------
                                                      1997            1998             1998
                                                  ------------ ------------------ -------------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                                                         
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues(3) ....................................   $ 24,964       $  30,189         $31,835
 Operating expenses:
  Operations ....................................     12,104          12,485          12,730
  Sales, marketing and client services ..........      6,143           7,769           8,067
  Research and development ......................      2,455           2,886           2,929
  General and administrative ....................      3,340           3,307           3,468
  Depreciation and amortization .................      3,502           4,846           5,156
  Write-down of intangible assets ...............         --              --              --
  Acquired in-process research and
    development(6) ..............................      4,354              --              --
  Other charges(7) ..............................        990              --              --
                                                    --------       ---------         -------
 Total operating expenses .......................     32,888          31,293          32,350
                                                    --------       ---------         -------
 Loss from operations ...........................     (7,924)         (1,104)           (515)
 Other (income) expense .........................       (885)             13              13
 Interest expense (income), net .................        779           2,470            (134)
                                                    --------       ---------         -------
 Loss before provision for income taxes .........     (7,818)         (3,587)           (394)
 Provision for income taxes .....................         43              37              37
                                                    --------       ---------         -------
 Net loss .......................................     (7,861)         (3,624)           (431)
 Preferred stock dividends ......................     (1,800)         (1,800)             --
                                                    --------       ---------         -------
 Net loss applicable to common
  stockholders...................................   $ (9,661)      $  (5,424)        $  (431)
                                                    ========       =========         =======
 Basic net loss per common share ................  $   (1.81)     $    (0.96)(8)     $ (0.05)
 Weighted average common shares
  outstanding - Basic ...........................      5,345           5,677           9,277




                                                          AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                                       ---------------------------
                                                          ACTUAL       AS ADJUSTED
                                                       ------------   ------------
                                                                
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Working capital ...................................    $   3,276        $ 7,889
 Total assets ......................................       54,179         58,363
 Long-term debt, including current portion .........       40,499          1,324
 Redeemable cumulative preferred stock .............       30,623             --
 Stockholders' equity (deficit) ....................      (25,337)        49,362




                                                                 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                               -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                ACTUAL                   PRO FORMA(1)
                                               ---------------------------------------- --------------
                                                    1995          1996         1997          1997
                                               ------------- ------------- ------------ --------------
                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER TRANSACTION DATA)
                                                                            
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA(9) ...................................   $ (13,347)    $ (13,164)   $  (5,503)     $ (4,191)
 Adjusted EBITDA(9) ..........................      (2,292)       (2,052)       2,211         4,803
 Cash flows from operating activities ........      (3,561)       (1,653)      (4,020)           --
 Cash flows from investing activities ........     (22,074)       (4,919)     (12,221)           --
 Cash flows from financing activities ........      33,434           657       15,521            --
 Transactions processed(10)
  Pharmacy ...................................          --       107,032      126,201       145,903
  Medical ....................................          --        16,030       23,085        27,814
  Dental .....................................          --         6,021       12,188        12,188
                                                 ---------     ---------    ---------      --------
    Total transactions processed .............          --       129,083      161,474       185,905
 Transactions per FTE(10)(11) ................          --           322          415           478
 Revenue per FTE(11) .........................   $      48     $      79    $      91      $    108
 Operating expenses per transaction(10) ......          --           0.39         0.29          0.29

 
                                                                NINE MONTHS
                                                               ENDED MARCH 31,
                                               ---------------------------------------
                                                        ACTUAL            PRO FORMA(2)
                                               ------------------------- -------------
                                                   1997         1998          1998
                                               ------------ ------------ -------------
                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER TRANSACTION DATA)
                                                                
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA(9) ...................................  $  (4,422)   $    3,742    $   4,641
 Adjusted EBITDA(9) ..........................        922         3,742        4,641
 Cash flows from operating activities ........     (2,991)       (3,842)          --
 Cash flows from investing activities ........    (11,630)      (11,630)          --
 Cash flows from financing activities ........     15,818        15,008           --
 Transactions processed(10)
  Pharmacy ...................................     88,463       136,685      140,234
  Medical ....................................     14,921        23,514       23,514
  Dental .....................................      8,759        10,767       10,767
                                                ---------    ----------    ---------
    Total transactions processed .............    112,143       170,966      174,515
 Transactions per FTE(10)(11) ................        293           478          487
 Revenue per FTE(11) .........................  $      65    $       84    $      89
 Operating expenses per transaction(10) ......        0.29          0.18         0.19

                                                   (Footnotes on following page)

                                       7



(1) Gives effect to (i) the  acquisition of Time-Share  Computer  Systems,  Inc.
    ("TCS") in February 1997, (ii) the  acquisition of The Stockton Group,  Inc.
    ("Stockton")  in  November  1997,  (iii) the  Recapitalization  and (iv) the
    Offering, as if they had occurred on July 1, 1996.

(2) Gives effect to (i) the  acquisition of Stockton in November 1997,  (ii) the
    Recapitalization and (iii) the Offering,  as if they had occurred on July 1,
    1996.

(3) During the periods presented,  the Company made a series of acquisitions and
    divested certain non-core or unprofitable operations.  Revenues attributable
    to these  divested  operations,  which  are  included  in the  statement  of
    operations data, were  $1,595,000,  $3,517,000,  $2,252,000,  $1,941,000 and
    $241,000 in the fiscal years ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the nine
    months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

(4) Reflects  the  write-off  of goodwill related to the acquisitions of Medical
    Processing Center, Inc. ("MPC") and Wellmark, Inc. ("Wellmark").

(5) Reflects  the  write-down  of costs  relating  to client  lists and  related
    allocable   goodwill   obtained  in  the  acquisition  of  General  Computer
    Corporation,  subsequently  renamed MEDE AMERICA  Corporation of Ohio ("MEDE
    OHIO").

(6) Reflects the write-off of acquired in-process research and development costs
    upon the consummation of the TCS acquisition.

(7) Reflects (i) expenses recorded relating to contingent  consideration paid to
    former owners of acquired businesses of $538,000, $2,301,000 and $990,000 in
    the fiscal  years  ended June 30,  1996 and 1997 and the nine  months  ended
    March 31, 1997,  respectively,  (ii) expenses of $2,864,000  relating to the
    spin-off of the Company by Card Establishment  Services, Inc. ("CES") in the
    fiscal year ended June 30, 1995 and (iii)  non-cash  stock  compensation  of
    $1,280,000  relating to Stockton in the pro forma fiscal year ended June 30,
    1997.

(8) Supplemental  net loss per  share,  giving  effect to the  Recapitalization,
    would be $(1.55) and $(0.47) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 and the
    nine months ended March 31, 1998, respectively.

(9) EBITDA  represents  net income (loss) plus  provision for income taxes,  net
    interest expense,  other (income) expense and depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA is not a measurement in accordance with generally accepted accounting
    principles  ("GAAP") and should not be considered an alternative to, or more
    meaningful  than,  earnings (loss) from  operations,  net earnings (loss) or
    cash  flow  from  operations  as  defined  by  GAAP or as a  measure  of the
    Company's profitability or liquidity.  Not all companies calculate EBITDA in
    the same manner and, accordingly,  EBITDA shown herein may not be comparable
    to EBITDA shown by other  companies.  The Company has  included  information
    concerning EBITDA herein because management  believes EBITDA provides useful
    information. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA plus certain other charges as
    described below.  The following table summarizes  EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA
    for all periods presented:



                                                             YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                            ------------------------------------------------------
                                                              ACTUAL                    PRO FORMA
                                            ------------------------------------------ -----------
                                                 1995           1996          1997         1997
                                            -------------- -------------- ------------ -----------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                           
  EBITDA ..................................   $  (13,347)    $  (13,164)    $ (5,503)   $ (4,191)
  Contingent consideration paid to
    former owners of acquired busi-
    nesses ................................           --            538        2,301       2,301
  Write-down of intangible assets .........        8,191          9,965           --          --
  Acquired in-process research and
    development ...........................           --             --        4,354       4,354
  Expenses related to the CES spin-
    off ...................................        2,864             --           --          --
  Non-cash stock compensation .............           --             --           --       1,280
  Contract and legal settlement provi-
    sions .................................           --            609        1,059       1,059
                                              ----------     ----------     --------    --------
  Adjusted EBITDA .........................   $   (2,292)    $   (2,052)    $  2,211    $  4,803
                                              ==========     ==========     ========    ========




                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        MARCH 31,
                                            ----------------------------------
                                                    ACTUAL           PRO FORMA
                                            ----------------------- ----------
                                                1997        1998       1998
                                            ------------ ---------- ----------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                           
  EBITDA ..................................   $ (4,422)   $ 3,742    $ 4,641
  Contingent consideration paid to
    former owners of acquired busi-
    nesses ................................        990         --         --
  Write-down of intangible assets .........         --         --         --
  Acquired in-process research and
    development ...........................      4,354         --         --
  Expenses related to the CES spin-
    off ...................................         --         --         --
  Non-cash stock compensation .............         --         --         --
  Contract and legal settlement provi-
    sions .................................         --         --         --
                                              --------    -------    -------
  Adjusted EBITDA .........................   $    922    $ 3,742    $ 4,641
                                              ========    =======    =======

- -----------
(10) Transaction  volumes are not  available  for the fiscal year ended June 30,
     1995.

(11) Full-time  equivalents ("FTE") represents the number of full-time employees
     and  part-time  equivalents  of  full-time  employees  as of the end of the
     period shown.

                                       8


                         QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The following table summarizes certain quarterly financial  information for
all periods presented:



                                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            9/30/96    12/31/96     3/31/97       6/30/97      9/30/97    12/31/97    3/31/98
                                          ----------- ---------- ------------- ------------- ----------- ---------- -----------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                               
   
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues ...............................  $  8,179    $  7,831    $   8,954     $  10,315    $  9,241    $  9,849   $ 11,099
 Income (loss) from operations ..........    (1,301)     (1,108)      (5,515)       (2,872)       (850)       (264)        10
 Net loss ...............................    (1,465)     (1,324)      (5,072)       (3,603)     (1,517)     (1,191)      (916)
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA (1) .............................  $   (199)   $    (64)   $  (4,159)    $  (1,081)   $    704    $  1,309   $  1,729
 Contingent consideration paid to former
   owners of acquired businesses ........       330         330          330         1,311          --          --         --
 Acquired in-process research and devel-
   opment ...............................        --          --        4,354            --          --          --         --
 Contract and legal settlement provisions        --          --           --         1,059          --          --         --
                                           --------    --------    ---------     ---------    --------    --------   --------
 Adjusted EBITDA(1) .....................  $    131    $    266    $     525     $   1,289    $    704    $  1,309   $  1,729
                                           ========    ========    =========     =========    ========    ========   ========
    


     See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations -- Quarterly Operating Results."

- -----------
(1) EBITDA  represents  net income (loss) plus  provision for income taxes,  net
    interest expense,  other (income) expense and depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA  is not a  measurement  in  accordance  with GAAP and  should  not be
    considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than,  earnings (loss) from
    operations,  net earnings  (loss) or cash flow from operations as defined by
    GAAP or as a measure of the Company's  profitability  or liquidity.  Not all
    companies calculate EBITDA in the same manner and, accordingly, EBITDA shown
    herein may not be comparable to EBITDA shown by other companies. The Company
    has  included  information   concerning  EBITDA  herein  because  management
    believes  EBITDA  provides useful  information.  Adjusted EBITDA  represents
    EBITDA plus certain other charges as described above.

- -----------
   

     Except as otherwise  noted herein,  all  information in this Prospectus (i)
assumes no exercise of the Underwriters'  over-allotment option, (ii) assumes no
exercise of the Medic  Warrant  and (iii) has been  adjusted to give effect to a
one-for-4.5823 reverse stock split of all outstanding Common Stock (the "Reverse
Stock  Split").  The  Company's  Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par  value  ("Preferred
Stock"),  provides for  conversion  of the  aggregate  liquidation  value of the
Preferred Stock,  including accrued but unpaid  dividends,  into Common Stock at
the initial  public  offering  price per share.  However,  cash  realized by the
Company upon any  exercise of the  Underwriters'  overallotment  option would be
applied to the payment of accrued  dividends  in lieu of having  such  dividends
convert into Common Stock.  Except as otherwise noted herein,  each reference in
this Prospectus to Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all of the Preferred
Stock assumes a conversion  price of $14.00.  Based on an aggregate  liquidation
preference  of the  Preferred  Stock of  $31,220,578  (including  $7,224,978  of
accrued  dividends) as of June 30, 1998,  2,229,982 shares of Common Stock would
be so issuable as of such date. In addition,  concurrently with the consummation
of the Offering, an additional 66,375 shares of Common Stock will be issued upon
the  exercise of all  outstanding  Common  Stock  purchase  warrants.  The Medic
Warrant to purchase  1,250,000 shares of Common Stock at the price to the public
in the Offering will remain  outstanding after the Offering.  Such conversion of
the  Preferred  Stock,  and exercise of warrants,  are referred to herein as the
"Recapitalization".   See  "Capitalization,"   "Description  of  Common  Stock,"
"Principal Stockholders" and "Underwriting."     

                                       9


                                 RISK FACTORS

     In addition to other information contained in this Prospectus,  prospective
investors should carefully consider the following risk factors before purchasing
the  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered   hereby.   This   Prospectus   contains
forward-looking  statements  relating to future  events or the future  financial
performance  of the  Company.  Prospective  investors  are  cautioned  that such
forward-looking  statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve
risks and  uncertainties.  Actual events or results may differ  materially  from
those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors
and the matters set forth in this Prospectus generally.

HISTORY OF OPERATING LOSSES; LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY

     The Company has experienced substantial net losses, including net losses of
$16.6  million,  $19.3  million,  $11.5  million and $3.6 million for the fiscal
years  ended June 30,  1995,  1996 and 1997,  respectively,  and the nine months
ended March 31, 1998.  The Company had an accumulated  deficit of  approximately
$51.5  million  as of March  31,  1998.  In  connection  with  its  acquisitions
completed  to date,  the Company has  incurred  significant  acquisition-related
charges and will record significant amortization expense related to goodwill and
other  intangible  assets in future periods.  There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to achieve or sustain revenue growth or  profitability on a
quarterly  or annual  basis.  See  "Selected  Consolidated  Financial  Data" and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations."

     The Company's operating history is limited. The Company's prospects must be
considered  in  light  of  the  risks,  expenses  and  difficulties   frequently
encountered  by  companies  with  limited  operating   histories,   particularly
companies  in new and  rapidly  evolving  markets  such  as EDI and  transaction
processing.  Such  risks  include,  but are not  limited  to,  an  evolving  and
unpredictable  business model and the difficulties inherent in the management of
growth.  To address these risks, the Company must, among other things,  maintain
and increase its client base,  implement and  successfully  execute its business
and marketing  strategies,  continue to develop and upgrade its  technology  and
transaction-processing  systems,  provide  superior client  service,  respond to
competitive developments,  and attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in addressing such
risks or in  achieving  profitability,  and the  failure  to do so could  have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.

ACQUISITION STRATEGY; NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL

     The Company's  strategy includes  acquisitions of healthcare EDI businesses
that  complement or supplement  the  Company's  business.  The success of such a
strategy  will  depend on many  factors,  including  the  Company's  ability  to
identify   suitable   acquisition   candidates,   the  purchase  price  and  the
availability  and terms of financing.  Significant  competition  for acquisition
opportunities  exists in the  healthcare EDI industry,  which may  significantly
increase the costs of and decrease the opportunities for acquisitions.  Although
the  Company  is  actively  pursuing  possible  acquisitions,  there  can  be no
assurance that any acquisition  will be consummated.  No assurances can be given
that the Company will be able to operate any acquired  businesses  profitably or
otherwise successfully implement its expansion strategy. The Company may finance
future  acquisitions  through  borrowings  or the  issuance  of debt  or  equity
securities.  There can be no assurance that future lenders will extend credit on
favorable terms, if at all. Further, any borrowings would increase the Company's
interest  expense and any  issuance of equity  securities  could have a dilutive
effect on the holders of Common  Stock.  The Company will not be able to account
for acquisitions  under the "pooling of interests" method for at least two years
following  the Offering.  Accordingly,  such future  acquisitions  may result in
significant goodwill and a corresponding  increase in the amount of amortization
expense and could also result in write-downs of purchased  assets,  all of which
could adversely affect the Company's operating results in future periods. 

INTEGRATION OF ACQUIRED BUSINESSES

     The success of the Company's  acquisition  strategy also depends to a large
degree on the Company's  ability to effectively  integrate the acquired products
and  services,  facilities,  technologies,  personnel  and  operations  into the
Company. The process of integration often requires substantial management atten-

                                       10


tion  and  other  corporate  resources,  and  the  Company  may  not be  able to
accurately  predict  the  resources  that will be needed to  integrate  acquired
operations.  There  can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to
effectively  integrate any or all acquired companies or operations.  Any failure
to do so could  result in  operating  inefficiencies,  redundancies,  management
distraction  or  technological   difficulties   (among  other  possible  adverse
consequences),  any  of  which  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

EVOLVING INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES

     The market for the  Company's  products  and services is  characterized  by
rapidly  changing  technology,  evolving  industry  standards  and the  frequent
introduction  of new and enhanced  services.  The Company's  success will depend
upon its ability to enhance its existing services, to introduce new products and
services  on  a  timely  and  cost-effective   basis  to  meet  evolving  client
requirements,  to achieve market  acceptance for new products or services and to
respond to emerging industry standards and other  technological  changes.  There
can be no  assurance  that the Company  will be able to respond  effectively  to
technological  changes  or new  industry  standards.  Moreover,  there can be no
assurance  that  other  companies  will  not  develop  competitive  products  or
services,  or that any such  competitive  products or services  will not have an
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations. 

DEPENDENCE ON CONNECTIONS TO PAYORS

     The  Company's  business is enhanced  by the  substantial  number of payors
(such as insurance companies, Medicare and Medicaid agencies and Blue Cross/Blue
Shield  organizations)  to which the Company has electronic  connections.  These
connections  may either be made  directly  or through a  clearinghouse  or other
intermediary.  The  Company has  attempted  to enter into  suitable  contractual
relationships to ensure long term payor connectivity;  however,  there can be no
assurance  that the Company  will be able to maintain  its links with all payors
with whom it currently has connections.  In addition,  there can be no assurance
that the Company  will be able to develop new  connections  (either  directly or
through  clearinghouses)  on  satisfactory  terms,  if at all.  Lastly,  certain
third-party  payors  provide  EDI  systems  directly  to  healthcare  providers,
bypassing  third-party  processors such as the Company.  The failure to maintain
its  existing  connections  with  payors and  clearinghouses  or to develop  new
connections  as  circumstances  warrant,  or an increase in the  utilization  of
direct links between providers and payors,  could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

DEVELOPMENT OF EDI PROCESSING IN THE HEALTHCARE INDUSTRY

     The Company's strategy anticipates that electronic processing of healthcare
transactions,  including  transactions  involving  clinical as well as financial
information,  will become more  widespread  and that  providers and  third-party
payors  increasingly  will use EDI  processing  networks for the  processing and
transmission  of data.  Electronic  transmission  of healthcare  transactions is
still developing, and complexities in the nature and types of transactions which
must be processed have hindered,  to some degree, the development and acceptance
of EDI  processing  in this  market.  There can be no assurance  that  continued
conversion  from  paper-based  transaction  processing to EDI  processing in the
healthcare industry will occur or that, to the extent it does occur,  healthcare
providers  and  payors  will use  independent  processors  such as the  Company.
Furthermore,  if EDI processing  extensively penetrates the healthcare market or
becomes highly  standardized,  it is possible that competition among transaction
processors will focus increasingly on pricing. If competition causes the Company
to reduce its pricing in order to retain market share,  the Company may suffer a
material  adverse  change in its  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations. 

POTENTIAL VARIABILITY IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

     The Company's quarterly operating results have varied  significantly in the
past and are likely to vary from  quarter to  quarter in the  future.  Quarterly
revenues  and  operating  results  may  fluctuate  as a result of a  variety  of
factors, including:  integration of acquired businesses; seasonal variability of
demand

                                       11

for  healthcare  services  generally;  the number,  timing and  significance  of
announcements  and  releases  of product  enhancements  and new  products by the
Company  and its  competitors;  the timing  and  significance  of  announcements
concerning the Company's present or prospective strategic alliances; the loss of
clients due to consolidation in the healthcare industry;  legislation or changes
in government  policies or regulations  relating to healthcare  EDI  processing;
delays in product  installation  requested  by clients;  the length of the sales
cycle or the timing of sales;  client  budgeting  cycles  and  changes in client
budgets; marketing and sales promotional activities;  software defects and other
quality factors; and general economic conditions.

     The  Company's  operating  expense  levels,  which will  increase  with the
addition of acquired  businesses,  are relatively  fixed.  If revenues are below
expectations,  net income is likely to be disproportionately adversely affected.
Further, in some future quarters the Company's revenues or operating results may
be below the expectations of securities  analysts and investors.  In such event,
the trading  price of the  Company's  Common  Stock would  likely be  materially
adversely  affected.  See  "Summary  --  Quarterly  Financial  Information"  and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations -- Quarterly Operating Results."

PROPOSED HEALTHCARE DATA CONFIDENTIALITY LEGISLATION

     Legislation that imposes restrictions on third-party processors' ability to
analyze  certain  patient  data  without   specific  patient  consent  has  been
introduced in the U.S. Congress.  Although the Company does not currently access
or analyze individually identifiable patient information,  such legislation,  if
adopted,  could  adversely  affect the  ability  of  third-party  processors  to
transmit  information  such as treatment and clinical data, and could  adversely
affect the Company's  ability to expand into related areas of the EDI healthcare
market. In addition,  the Health Insurance  Portability and Accountability  Act,
passed  in  1997,  mandates  the  establishment  of  federal  standards  for the
confidentiality,   format  and   transmission   of  patient  data,  as  well  as
recordkeeping and data security  obligations.  It is possible that the standards
so developed will necessitate changes to the Company's  operations,  which could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition
and results of operations.

COMPETITION

     The   Company   faces   significant   competition   from   healthcare   and
non-healthcare  EDI  processing  companies.  The  Company  also faces  potential
competition  from  other  companies,  such as vendors  of  provider  information
management  systems,  which  have  added or may add  their own  proprietary  EDI
processing systems to existing or future products and services.  Competition may
be  experienced  in the form of  pressure  to reduce per  transaction  prices or
eliminate per  transaction  pricing  altogether.  If EDI processing  becomes the
standard for claims and  information  processing,  a number of larger and better
capitalized  entities  may  elect to enter the  industry  and  further  increase
competitive  pricing  pressures.  Many of the  Company's  existing and potential
competitors  are larger and have  significantly  greater  financial,  marketing,
technological  and other  resources than the Company.  There can be no assurance
that  increased  competition  will not have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business
- -- Competition."

RISK OF INTERRUPTION OF DATA PROCESSING

     The  Company  currently  processes  its  data  through  its  facilities  in
Twinsburg,  Ohio, Mitchel Field, New York, and Atlanta,  Georgia.  The Twinsburg
and Mitchel Field sites are designed to be redundant.  Additionally, the Company
transmits data through a number of different  telecommunications networks, using
a variety of different  technologies.  However,  the occurrence of an event that
overcomes the data processing and transmission  redundancies then in place could
lead to service  interruptions  and could have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     Many currently  installed  computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two digit entries in the date code field.  These date code fields
will need to accept four digit  entries to  distinguish  21st century dates from
20th century dates. As a result, prior to January 1, 2000, computer systems

                                       12


and/or  software used by many companies  (including the Company) will need to be
upgraded to comply with such "Year 2000" requirements.  Significant  uncertainty
exists in the software  industry  concerning the potential  consequences  of the
Year 2000 phenomenon.  Although the Company  currently offers software  products
that  are  designed  or  have  been  modified  to  comply  with  the  Year  2000
requirements,  there can be no assurance  that the  Company's  current  software
contains all  necessary  date code  changes.  The Company  believes that certain
installations of its products and certain products currently used by its clients
in conjunction with third-party  vendors'  products are not Year 2000 compliant.
Certain of the Company's physician benefit management clients are being migrated
from the Company's PBM system in Ohio to its PBM system  acquired from Stockton.
The total revenue from such clients is expected to be $6,351,000 in fiscal 1999.
A testing and migration timetable for all such clients has been developed,  with
migration activities scheduled for completion in mid-1999.

     While the  Company  has plans to address  the  problems  related to its own
products  within the coming year,  there can be no  assurance  that the costs of
bringing these systems into  compliance will not be  significantly  greater than
expected or that  compliance  will be achieved in a timely manner.  In addition,
there can be no assurance  that the  Company's  current  products do not contain
undetected  errors or defects  associated with Year 2000 date functions that may
result  in  material  costs  to the  Company.  Moreover,  even if the  Company's
products  and  services  satisfy  such  requirements,  the products and services
provided to the Company's  clients by other  software  vendors,  and the systems
used by certain payors,  may not be Year 2000 compliant,  thereby disrupting the
ability of the  Company's  clients to use the  Company's  software  or to obtain
reimbursement  in a timely manner.  An adverse impact on such clients due to the
Year 2000  issue  could  also have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
business,  financial condition and results of operations.  See "Business -- Year
2000 Compliance." 

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

     The  Company's  performance  depends in  significant  part on the continued
service of its executive officers, its product managers and key sales, marketing
and development personnel. The Company considers its key management personnel to
be Thomas P. Staudt,  President and Chief Executive Officer,  William M. McManus
and Roger L. Primeau, in charge of the  pharmacy/medical  and dental operations,
respectively,  James T. Stinton,  the Company's Chief Information  Officer,  and
Richard Bankosky, the Company's Chief Financial Officer. No single individual is
considered by the Company to be critical to the Company's  success.  The Company
does not maintain  employment  agreements with these officers or other employees
(with limited exceptions) and the failure to retain the services of such persons
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

UNCERTAINTY AND CONSOLIDATION IN THE HEALTHCARE INDUSTRY

     The  healthcare  industry is subject to changing  political,  economic  and
regulatory  influences that may affect the procurement  practices and operations
of healthcare industry participants. Federal and state legislatures periodically
consider programs to modify or amend the United States healthcare system at both
the federal and state level.  These  programs may contain  proposals to increase
governmental  involvement in healthcare,  lower reimbursement rates or otherwise
change  the  environment  in which  healthcare  industry  participants  operate.
Healthcare   industry   participants  may  react  to  these  proposals  and  the
uncertainty  surrounding such proposals by curtailing or deferring  investments,
including investments in the Company's products and services. In addition,  many
healthcare  providers are  consolidating  to create larger  healthcare  delivery
organizations.  This  consolidation  reduces the number of potential clients for
the  Company's   services,   and  the  increased   bargaining   power  of  these
organizations  could lead to  reductions  in the amounts paid for the  Company's
services.  Other healthcare information companies,  such as billing services and
practice  management  vendors,  which currently utilize the Company's  services,
could develop or acquire transaction processing and networking  capabilities and
may cease  utilizing the Company's  services in the future.  The impact of these
developments in the healthcare industry is difficult to predict and could have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations. To the extent that the current trend toward consolidation
in the industry  continues,  MEDE  AMERICA may find it more  difficult to obtain
access to payors, information provid-

                                       13


ers and  practice  management  software  vendors on whom its  ability to deliver
services  and enroll new clients now depends.  Loss of access to these  industry
participants could materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.

DEPENDENCE ON INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; RISK OF INFRINGEMENT

     The  Company's  ability to  compete  effectively  depends to a  significant
extent on its ability to protect its proprietary information. The Company relies
on a  combination  of statutory  and common law  copyright,  trademark and trade
secret laws, client licensing agreements, employee and third-party nondisclosure
agreements and other methods to protect its proprietary rights. The Company does
not include in its software any  mechanisms  to prevent or inhibit  unauthorized
use, but generally enters into confidentiality  agreements with its consultants,
clients and  potential  clients and limits access to, and  distribution  of, its
proprietary information.  The Company has not filed any patent applications with
respect to its intellectual  property.  It is the Company's policy to defend its
intellectual  property;  however, there can be no assurance that the steps taken
by the  Company to protect  its  proprietary  information  will be  adequate  to
prevent  misappropriation  of its  technology or that the Company's  competitors
will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or
superior to the Company's technology.

     The Company is also  subject to the risk of alleged  infringement  by it of
intellectual  property  rights of others.  Although the Company is not currently
aware of any  pending or  threatened  infringement  claims  with  respect to the
Company's  current  or future  products,  there can be no  assurance  that third
parties will not assert such claims.  Any such claims could  require the Company
to enter into  license  arrangements  or could result in  protracted  and costly
litigation,  regardless of the merits of such claims.  No assurance can be given
that any  necessary  licenses  will be available  or that,  if  available,  such
licenses  can  be  obtained  on  commercially  reasonable  terms.   Furthermore,
litigation  may be  necessary  to enforce the  Company's  intellectual  property
rights,  to protect the Company's  trade secrets,  to determine the validity and
scope of the  proprietary  rights  of  others  or to  defend  against  claims of
infringement. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of
resources and could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations.

     The Company expects that software  developers will  increasingly be subject
to such claims as the number of products and competitors  providing software and
services to the  healthcare  industry  increases  and overlaps  occur.  Any such
claim, with or without merit, could result in costly litigation or might require
the Company to enter into  royalty or licensing  agreements,  any of which could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition
and results of operations.  Such royalty or licensing  agreements,  if required,
may not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all.

RISK OF PRODUCT DEFECTS

     Products  such as those  offered  by the  Company  may  contain  errors  or
experience  failures,  especially when initially introduced or when new versions
are  released.  While the Company  conducts  extensive  testing to address these
errors  and  failures,  there can be no  assurance  that  errors or  performance
failures will not occur in products  under  development  or in  enhancements  to
current  products.  Any such errors or failures could result in loss of revenues
and clients,  delay in market  acceptance,  diversion of development  resources,
damage to the Company's  reputation  or increased  service  costs,  any of which
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.  To date,  the Company has not  experienced
any material product defects. 

CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS

     After the  Offering,  49.7% of the Common Stock will be owned by investment
funds affiliated with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, a private investment firm
("WCAS")  and 7.9% will be owned by  investment  funds  affiliated  with William
Blair  Capital  Partners  L.L.C.  ("WBCP").  See  "Principal  Shareholders"  and
"Description  of  Capital  Stock  --  Recapitalization."  As a  result  of  this
concentration of ownership,  these  shareholders may be able to exercise control
over matters requiring shareholder ap-

                                       14

proval,  including  the  election  of  directors  and  approval  of  significant
corporate  transactions.  Such  control  may  have  the  effect  of  delaying or
preventing  a change in control of the Company. The Company's Board of Directors
currently  includes  Thomas  E. McInerney and Anthony J. de Nicola, designees of
WCAS,  and Timothy M. Murray, a designee of WBCP. The funds affiliated with WCAS
may  be  deemed  to  be  controlled  by  their  respective general partners, the
general  partners  of  each  of  which  include  some  or  all  of the following
individuals:  Thomas  E.  McInerney  and  Anthony J. de Nicola, directors of the
Company,  Patrick  J.  Welsh,  Russell  L. Carson, Bruce K. Anderson, Richard H.
Stowe,  Andrew  M.  Paul,  Robert  A.  Minicucci,  Paul  B. Queally and Laura M.
VanBuren.  The  funds  affiliated  with  WBCP  may be deemed to be controlled by
their  respective  general  partners,  the  general  partners  of  which include
William  Blair  & Company L.L.C. and certain of its employees, including Timothy
E. Murray, a director of the Company.

NO PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK; PRICE AND MARKET VOLATILITY

     Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  market  for the  Common
Stock,  and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
or be sustained after this Offering or that the market price of the Common Stock
will not decline below the initial  public  offering  price.  The initial public
offering price has been determined by  negotiations  between the Company and the
Representatives  of the  Underwriters  and may not be  indicative  of the market
price of the Common Stock in the future.  See "Underwriting" for a discussion of
the factors  considered in determining the initial public  offering  price.  The
stock  market  has  from  time to time  experienced  extreme  price  and  volume
fluctuations, particularly in the securities of technology companies, which have
often been  unrelated to the  operating  performance  of  individual  companies.
Announcements  of  technological  innovations  or new  and  enhanced  commercial
products by the Company or its competitors,  market  conditions in the industry,
developments or disputes  concerning  proprietary  rights,  changes in earnings,
economic  and other  external  factors,  political  and other  developments  and
period-to-period  fluctuations  in  financial  results of the Company may have a
significant impact on the market price and marketability of the Company's Common
Stock.  Fluctuations in the trading price of the Common Stock may also adversely
affect the liquidity of the trading market for the Common Stock.

POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT OF ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

     The  Company's  Board of Directors is  authorized  to issue up to 5,000,000
shares of Preferred  Stock and to determine the price,  rights,  preferences and
privileges  of those shares  without any further vote or action by the Company's
stockholders.  The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and
may be  adversely  affected  by,  the  rights of the  holders  of any  shares of
Preferred  Stock  that may be issued in the  future.  While the  Company  has no
present  intention to issue shares of Preferred Stock, any such issuance,  while
providing  desirable  flexibility in connection with possible  acquisitions  and
other corporate purposes,  could have the effect of making it more difficult for
a third  party to  acquire a majority  of the  outstanding  voting  stock of the
Company.  In addition,  such  Preferred  Stock may have other rights,  including
economic  rights  senior to the Common  Stock,  and, as a result,  the  issuance
thereof could have a material  adverse  effect on the market value of the Common
Stock.  Furthermore,  the Company is subject to the anti-takeover  provisions of
Section  203 of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  (the  "DGCL"),  which
prohibits  the  Company  from  engaging  in a  "business  combination"  with  an
"interested  stockholder"  for a period  of three  years  after  the date of the
transaction  in which such person  first  becomes an  "interested  stockholder,"
unless  the  business  combination  is  approved  in a  prescribed  manner.  The
application of these  provisions could have the effect of delaying or preventing
a change of control of the Company.  Certain other provisions of the Amended and
Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  and the Company's Bylaws could also have
the effect of delaying or  preventing  changes of control or  management  of the
Company,  which could adversely  affect the market price of the Company's Common
Stock.  See  "Description of Capital Stock -- Preferred  Stock" and "-- Delaware
Laws and Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions; Anti-Takeover Measures."

SHARES  ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT ON FUTURE MARKET PRICE

     Sales of Common Stock  (including  Common Stock issued upon the exercise of
outstanding  stock  options)  in the public  market  after this  Offering  could
materially  adversely  affect the market  price of the  Common  Stock.  Upon the
completion of this Offering and giving effect to the Recapitalization, the

                                       15


Company will have  11,581,204  shares of Common Stock  outstanding,  assuming no
exercise of stock  options and no exercise of the  Underwriters'  over-allotment
option. Of these  outstanding  shares of Common Stock, the 3,600,000 shares sold
in this  Offering  will be  freely  tradeable,  without  restriction  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"),  unless purchased by
"affiliates"  of the  Company,  as that  term is  defined  in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. The remaining  7,981,204 shares of Common Stock held by existing
stockholders  are  "restricted  securities"  as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the  Securities Act and were issued and sold by the Company in reliance on
exemptions  from the  registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act. These
shares may be resold in the public  market only if  registered or pursuant to an
exemption  from  registration,  such as Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act. All
officers,  directors and certain holders of Common Stock beneficially owning, in
the  aggregate,  approximately  shares of Common  Stock and  options to purchase
shares of Common Stock,  have agreed,  pursuant to certain  lock-up  agreements,
that they will not sell, offer to sell,  solicit an offer to purchase,  contract
to sell, grant any option to sell,  pledge, or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
directly or indirectly,  any shares of Common Stock owned by them, or that could
be purchased by them through the exercise of options to purchase Common Stock of
the Company,  for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without
the prior written  consent of Smith Barney Inc.  Upon  expiration of the lock-up
agreements, all shares of Common Stock currently outstanding will be immediately
eligible  for resale,  subject to the  requirements  of Rule 144. The Company is
unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the then  prevailing  market
price  of  the  Common  Stock.  See  "Management  --  Employee  Benefit  Plans,"
"Description of Capital Stock" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

BENEFITS OF THE OFFERING TO CURRENT STOCKHOLDERS

     Prospective investors should be aware that current holders of the Company's
Common Stock and Preferred  Stock will benefit from the Offering.  Approximately
$25.2  million of the net  proceeds of the  Offering  will be used to prepay all
then outstanding  principal and accrued interest on a Senior  Subordinated  Note
(as herein defined) held by WCAS Capital Partners II, L.P., one of the Company's
principal  stockholders.  In addition,  approximately  $17.8  million of the net
proceeds  will be used to repay  all then  outstanding  indebtedness  under  the
Company's  current Credit  Facility (as herein  defined).  The Credit  Facility,
which is  guaranteed  by the  Company's  four  principal  stockholders,  will be
replaced with a new facility, which will not be guaranteed by a third party. See
"Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions."

   
     After the  Offering,  all existing  stockholders  will benefit from certain
changes  including  the  creation of a public  market for the  Company's  Common
Stock.  Moreover, the current shareholders will realize an immediate increase in
market and tangible book value.  Assuming an initial  public  offering  price of
$14.00 per share, the aggregate  unrealized gain to current  stockholders of the
Company,  based on the  difference  between  such public  offering  price of the
Common Stock and the  acquisition  cost of their equity,  will be $82.7 million.
See "Dilution."

    
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION


     Purchasers  of  Common  Stock in the  Offering  will  incur  immediate  and
substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock in
the amount of $12.98 per share,  at an assumed  initial public offering price of
$14.00 per share.  To the extent that  outstanding  options to  purchase  Common
Stock are exercised, there will be further dilution. See "Dilution." 

ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS

     No  dividends  have been paid on the Common  Stock to date and the  Company
does not  anticipate  paying  dividends on the Common  Stock in the  foreseeable
future.  Moreover,  it is expected that the terms of the Amended Credit Facility
will  prohibit  the  Company  from paying  dividends  on the Common  Stock.  See
"Dividend Policy." 

                                       16


RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This  Prospectus  contains  certain  statements  that are  "forward-looking
statements," which include, among other things, the discussions of the Company's
business strategy and expectations concerning developments in the healthcare EDI
industry, the Company's market position, future operations,  transaction growth,
margins and profitability, and liquidity and capital resources. Investors in the
Common Stock offered  hereby are cautioned that such  forward-looking  statement
involves risks and  uncertainties,  and that although the Company  believes that
the assumptions on which the  forward-looking  statements  contained  herein are
reasonable,  any of those  assumptions  could prove to be  inaccurate,  and as a
result, the forward-looking  statements based on those assumptions also could be
incorrect.  The  uncertainties  in this regard include,  but are not limited to,
those  identified  in the risk factors  discussed  above.  In light of these and
other uncertainties,  the inclusion of a forward-looking statement herein should
not be regarded as a representation  by the Company that the Company's plans and
objectives will be achieved.





















                                       17


                                  THE COMPANY

     MEDE AMERICA is a leading  provider of EDI products and services to a broad
range of providers and payors in the healthcare industry.  The Company offers an
integrated suite of EDI solutions that allows hospitals, pharmacies, physicians,
dentists and other  healthcare  providers and provider groups to  electronically
edit, process and transmit claims, eligibility and enrollment data, track claims
submissions   throughout   the  claims   payment   process  and  obtain   faster
reimbursement  for their services.  In addition to offering  greater  processing
speed, the Company's EDI products reduce processing costs,  increase  collection
rates and result in more accurate data  interchange.  The Company maintains over
540 direct connections with insurance companies, Medicare and Medicaid agencies,
Blue Cross and Blue Shield systems and other third party payors, as well as over
500 indirect  connections with additional payors through claims  clearinghouses.
Currently,  the Company  processes  over 900,000  transactions  per day for over
65,000 providers  located in all 50 states.  The Company's  mission is to be the
leading provider of integrated  healthcare  transaction  processing  technology,
networks  and  databases,  enabling  its  clients to  improve  the  quality  and
efficiency of their services.

     The  Company  was  formed  in March  1995  through  the  consolidation  and
subsequent spin-off of three subsidiaries of Card Establishment  Services,  Inc.
("CES"),  in connection with the  acquisition by First Data  Corporation of CES'
credit card processing  business.  The three subsidiaries,  MedE America,  Inc.,
Medical Processing Center, Inc. ("MPC") and Wellmark,  Inc. ("Wellmark"),  which
comprised  the heathcare  services  business of CES,  historically  provided EDI
services to  hospitals  and  physicians.  After the  spin-off,  the Company made
several strategic acquisitions to strengthen its core hospital/medical  business
and to expand into the  pharmaceutical  and dental  markets.  In March 1995, the
Company acquired General Computer Corporation, subsequently renamed MEDE AMERICA
Corporation  of Ohio  (referred  to herein as "MEDE  OHIO"),  a developer of EDI
systems  and  services  for the  pharmaceutical  industry,  and in June 1995 the
Company acquired Latpon Health Systems,  Incorporated ("Latpon"), a developer of
proprietary EDI claims processing  software for hospitals and physicians.  These
acquisitions  were followed by  acquisitions  of Electronic  Claims and Funding,
Inc. ("EC&F"), and Premier Dental Systems, Corp.  ("Premier"),  in October 1995.
These  companies were engaged in the EDI and management  software  businesses in
the dental market.  The Company  enhanced its presence in the pharmacy market by
acquiring  Time-Share  Computer Systems,  Inc. ("TCS"), in February 1997 and The
Stockton Group, Inc. ("Stockton") in November 1997. 

     The Company's  executive  offices are located at 90 Merrick  Avenue,  Suite
501, East Meadow, New York 11554, and its telephone number is (516) 542-4500.















                                       18

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered  hereby,  assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share,
are  estimated  to  be  $45.9  million  ($53.0  million  if  the   Underwriters'
over-allotment  option is  exercised in full),  after  deducting  the  estimated
offering fees and expenses  payable by the Company.  The Company  intends to use
the net proceeds from the Offering as follows:  (i) approximately  $25.2 million
to prepay all then outstanding principal and accrued interest on its outstanding
10% Senior  Subordinated  Note due February  14, 2002 (the "Senior  Subordinated
Note");   (ii)  approximately  $17.8  million  to  repay  all  then  outstanding
indebtedness  under its current  credit  facility (the "Credit  Facility");  and
(iii) the balance for general  corporate  and  working  capital  purposes.  Cash
realized by the Company  upon any  exercise of the  Underwriters'  overallotment
option  would be applied to the payment of accrued  dividends  in lieu of having
such dividends  convert into Common Stock. See "Certain  Transactions."  Pending
application to the foregoing uses, such proceeds will be invested in short-term,
investment-grade, interest-bearing obligations.

     Outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility currently bear interest at
a weighted  average rate of 6.93% per annum, are guaranteed by WCAS and WBCP and
mature on October 31,  1999.  The Company has  received a letter from the lender
under the Credit Facility  committing to provide an amended credit facility (the
"Amended Credit  Facility")  with total  available  credit of $10.0 million upon
substantially  the same terms and conditions as the Credit Facility.  Borrowings
under the Amended Credit  Facility will not be guaranteed by any third party. It
is  anticipated  that the  Amended  Credit  facility  will take  effect upon the
consummation  of the  Offering.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources." 


                                DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company has never  declared or paid any  dividends  on its Common Stock
and does not  anticipate  paying any cash dividends in the  foreseeable  future.
Moreover,  it is expected  that the terms of the Amended  Credit  Facility  will
prohibit the Company  from paying  dividends  on the Common  Stock.  The Company
currently intends to retain any earnings to fund future growth and the operation
of its business. See "Risk Factors -- Absence of Dividends." 













                                       19


                                CAPITALIZATION

     The  following  table sets forth the  capitalization  of the  Company as of
March  31,   1998  on  an  actual   basis  and  as   adjusted   to  reflect  the
Recapitalization and the issuance and sale by the Company of 3,600,000 shares of
Common Stock offered hereby, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00
per share,  after deducting the estimated  offering fees and expenses payable by
the Company,  and the application of the net proceeds thereof as described under
"Use of Proceeds." The following  table should be read in  conjunction  with the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements and the notes thereto and the "Unaudited Pro
Forma  Consolidated   Financial   Information"   appearing   elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.



                                                       AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                     ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                  -----------   ---------------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                          
Long-term debt (including current portion)
 Senior Subordinated Note(2) ..................    $  23,250       $      --
 Credit Facility(2) ...........................       15,925              --
 Other debt ...................................        1,324           1,324
                                                   ---------       ---------
   Total long-term debt .......................       40,499           1,324
                                                   ---------       ---------
Redeemable cumulative preferred stock .........       30,623              --
                                                   ---------       ---------
Stockholders' (deficit) equity
 Common Stock(3) ..............................           57             116
 Additional paid-in capital ...................       26,069         102,555
 Accumulated deficit ..........................      (51,463)        (53,309)
                                                   ---------       ---------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .........      (25,337)         49,362
                                                   ---------       ---------
 Total capitalization .........................    $  45,785       $  50,686
                                                   =========       =========

- ----------
(1) As adjusted to reflect the Recapitalization and the sale of 3,600,000 shares
    of Common Stock offered by the Company  hereby at an assumed  initial public
    offering  price of $14.00 per share and the  anticipated  application of the
    estimated net proceeds therefrom.

(2) As of June 30, 1998, the outstanding  principal amount plus accrued interest
    on the Senior  Subordinated  Note was  approximately  $25.6  million and the
    outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Facility plus accrued interest was
    approximately $16.9 million.

   
(3) Excludes (i) 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Medic
    Warrant and (ii) 483,041  shares of Common Stock  reserved for issuance upon
    exercise of stock options  outstanding under the Stock Plans, as of June 30,
    1998,  at a weighted  average  exercise  price of $4.84 per share,  of which
    212,758 are exercisable. See "Prospectus Summary -- Recent Developments" and
    "Management-Employee  Benefit Plans." Includes 66,375 shares of Common Stock
    issuable upon exercise of the Common Stock purchase warrants as contemplated
    by the Recapitalization. See "Description of Capital Stock."
    


                                       20

                                   DILUTION

     The pro forma deficit in net tangible book value of the Company as of March
31, 1998, after giving effect to the Recapitalization, was approximately $(32.4)
million or $(4.08) per share of Common Stock.  Pro forma net deficit in tangible
book value per share is determined by dividing the net tangible  deficit in book
value of the Company (pro forma tangible  assets less total  liabilities) by the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Dilution per share represents the
difference  between the amount per share paid by  purchasers of shares of Common
Stock in the  Offering  and the pro forma net  tangible  book value per share of
Common Stock immediately  after completion of the Offering.  Without taking into
account  any changes in such pro forma net  tangible  book value after March 31,
1998,  other than to give effect to (i) the sale of  3,600,000  shares of Common
Stock by the Company in this  Offering  at an assumed  initial  public  offering
price of $14.00 per share and after  deducting the  estimated  fees and offering
expenses, (ii) the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom and (iii)
the Recapitalization, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of
March 31, 1998 would have been  approximately  $11.7 million or $1.02 per share.
This  represents  an immediate  increase in pro forma net tangible book value of
$5.10 per share to existing  stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma
net  tangible  book value of $12.98 per share to new  investors.  The  following
table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis. 


                                                                                  
   Assumed initial public offering price per share ......................               $ 14.00
     Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this Offering(1).  $(4.08)
     Increase per share attributable to new investors ...................    5.10
                                                                           ------
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this Offering ......                  1.02
                                                                                        -------
   Dilution per share to new investors(2) ...............................               $ 12.98
                                                                                        =======

- ----------
(1) Pro forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock is determined by
    dividing the Company's pro forma deficit in net tangible book value at March
    31,  1998 of $(32.4)  million,  by the pro forma  number of shares of Common
    Stock outstanding, in each case after giving effect to the Recapitalization.

(2) Dilution per share to new investors is determined by  subtracting  pro forma
    net  tangible  book value per share  after this  Offering  from the  initial
    public offering price per share.

     The following  table sets forth, on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 1998,
after  giving  effect to the  Recapitalization,  the  number of shares of Common
Stock purchased from the Company,  the total  consideration paid and the average
price per share  paid by  existing  stockholders  (excluding  the fair  value of
companies contributed in the March 1995 spin-off from CES) and to be paid by new
investors, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share
and before deducting estimated fees and expenses payable by the Company:



                                      SHARES PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION         AVERAGE
                                  ------------------------   --------------------------      PRICE
                                     NUMBER       PERCENT        AMOUNT        PERCENT     PER SHARE
                                  ------------   ---------   --------------   ---------   ----------
                                                                           
Existing stockholders .........    7,932,917      68.8%      $28,325,000       36.0%      $ 3.57
New investors .................    3,600,000      31.2        50,400,000       64.0        14.00
                                   ---------     -----       -----------      -----
Total .........................   11,532,917     100.0%      $78,725,000      100.0%
                                  ==========     =====       ===========      =====

     The foregoing tables assume no exercise of any outstanding stock options to
purchase  Common  Stock.  At March 31, 1998 there were 488,497  shares of Common
Stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of stock  options  outstanding  under  the
Company's Stock Plans, of which 212,083 were currently exercisable. Such options
have a weighted  average  exercise price of $4.83 per share.  To the extent such
options are exercised,  there will be further dilution to the new investors. See
"Capitalization,"  "Management -- Employee  Benefit Plans" and  "Description  of
Capital Stock." 

                                       21


            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The following  unaudited pro forma consolidated  financial  information has
been  prepared by the  Company's  management  from the  historical  Consolidated
Financial  Statements of the Company and the notes thereto included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.  The unaudited pro forma consolidated  statements of operations
for the year  ended  June 30,  1997 and the nine  months  ended  March 31,  1998
include  adjustments  that give effect to (i) the acquisition of TCS in February
1997,   (ii)  the   acquisition  of  Stockton  in  November   1997,   (iii)  the
Recapitalization  and (iv) the  Offering,  as if they had occurred as of July 1,
1996.  The unaudited pro forma  consolidated  balance sheet as of March 31, 1998
gives  effect to (i) the  Recapitalization  and (ii) the Offering as if they had
occurred on such date.

     The pro forma adjustments are based upon available  information and certain
assumptions that the Company  believes are reasonable  under the  circumstances.
The unaudited pro forma  consolidated  financial  information  should be read in
conjunction with the historical financial statements of the Company and Stockton
and the  respective  notes  thereto,  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  and  the  other  financial
information  included  herein.  The unaudited pro forma  consolidated  financial
information is provided for information purposes only and does not purport to be
indicative of the results which would have been obtained had the acquisitions of
TCS and Stockton,  the  Recapitalization  and the Offering been completed on the
dates indicated or which may be expected to occur in the future.










                                       22

           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997

                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)


                                                                 ACTUAL
                                                ---------------------------------------
                                                    COMPANY      TCS(1)    STOCKTON(2)
                                                -------------- ---------- -------------
                                                                 
Revenues ......................................   $   35,279    $ 2,743      $ 3,802
Operating expenses:
 Operations ...................................       16,817      1,145          563
 Sales, marketing and client services .........        8,769        781          900
 Research and development .....................        3,278        132          103
 General and administrative ...................        5,263         93          160
 Depreciation and amortization ................        5,293         90          109

 Non-cash stock compensation ..................           --         --        1,280
 Contingent consideration paid to former
  owners of acquired businesses ...............        2,301         --           --
 Acquired in-process research and
  development .................................        4,354         --           --
                                                  ----------    -------      -------
Total operating expenses ......................       46,075      2,241        3,115
                                                  ----------    -------      -------
Income (loss) from operations .................      (10,796)       502          687
Other (income) expense ........................         (893)        --           --
Interest expense, net .........................        1,504         --          100
                                                  ----------    -------      -------
Income (loss) before provision for income
 taxes ........................................      (11,407)       502          587
Provision for income taxes ....................           57         --           --
                                                  ----------    -------      -------
Net income (loss) .............................      (11,464)       502          587
Preferred stock dividends .....................       (2,400)        --           --
                                                  ----------    -------      -------
Net income (loss) applicable to common
 stockholders .................................   $  (13,864)   $   502      $   587
                                                  ==========    =======      =======
Basic net loss per common share ...............   $    (2.56)
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding - Basic ..........................        5,425         --           --




                                                 RECAPITALIZATION
                                                 AND ACQUISITIONS       PRO           OFFERING       PRO FORMA,
                                                    ADJUSTMENTS        FORMA        ADJUSTMENTS      AS ADJUSTED
                                                ------------------ ------------- ----------------- --------------
                                                                                       
Revenues ......................................    $      --         $  41,824     $       --        $   41,824
Operating expenses:
 Operations ...................................           76 (3)        18,601             --            18,601
 Sales, marketing and client services .........           --            10,450             --            10,450
 Research and development .....................           --             3,513             --             3,513
 General and administrative ...................           --             5,516             --             5,516
 Depreciation and amortization ................        1,627 (4)         7,062                            7,062
                                                         (57)(5)
 Non-cash stock compensation ..................           --             1,280             --             1,280
 Contingent consideration paid to former
  owners of acquired businesses ...............           --             2,301             --             2,301
 Acquired in-process research and
  development .................................           --             4,354             --             4,354
                                                   ---------         ---------     ----------        ----------
Total operating expenses ......................       (1,646)           53,077             --            53,077
                                                   ---------         ---------     ----------        ----------
Income (loss) from operations .................       (1,646)          (11,253)            --           (11,253)
Other (income) expense ........................           --              (893)            --              (893)
Interest expense, net .........................        1,583 (6)         3,187         (2,831)(7)           356
                                                   ---------         ---------     ----------        ----------
Income (loss) before provision for income
 taxes ........................................       (3,229)          (13,547)         2,831           (10,716)
Provision for income taxes ....................           --                57             --                57
                                                   ---------         ---------     ----------        ----------
Net income (loss) .............................       (3,229)          (13,604)         2,831 (8)       (10,773)
Preferred stock dividends .....................        2,400 (9)            --             --                --
                                                   ---------         ---------     ----------        ----------
Net income (loss) applicable to common
 stockholders .................................    $    (829)        $ (13,604)    $    2,831        $  (10,773)
                                                   =========         =========     ==========        ==========
Basic net loss per common share ...............                                                      $    (1.18)
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding - Basic ..........................          106 (10)        5,531          3,600 (11)        9,131

                                       23


           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                   FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)



                                                       ACTUAL
                                            ----------------------------
                                               COMPANY     STOCKTON(12)
                                            ------------- --------------
                                                    
Revenues ..................................   $  30,189       $1,646
Operating expenses:
 Operations ...............................      12,485          216
 Sales, marketing and client services.            7,769          298
 Research and development .................       2,886           43
 General and administrative ...............       3,307          161
 Depreciation and amortization ............       4,846           54
Total operating expenses ..................      31,293          772
                                              ---------       ------
Income (loss) from operations .............      (1,104)         874
Other (income) expense ....................          13           --
Interest expense (income), net ............       2,470           27
                                              ---------       ------
Income (loss) before provision for
 income taxes .............................      (3,587)         847
Provision for income taxes ................          37           --
                                              ---------       ------
Net income (loss) .........................      (3,624)         847
Preferred stock dividends .................      (1,800)          --
                                              ---------       ------
Net income (loss) applicable to
 common stockholders ......................   $  (5,424)      $  847
                                              =========       ======
Basic net loss per common share ...........   $   (0.96)
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding - Basic ......................       5,677           --


                                             RECAPITALIZATION
                                             AND ACQUISITIONS                     OFFERING      PRO FORMA,
                                                ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA      ADJUSTMENTS     AS ADJUSTED
                                            ------------------ ------------- ----------------- ------------
                                                                                   
Revenues ..................................     $      --        $  31,835     $       --        $ 31,835
Operating expenses:
 Operations ...............................            29  (3)      12,730             --          12,730
 Sales, marketing and client services.                 --            8,067             --           8,067
 Research and development .................            --            2,929             --           2,929
 General and administrative ...............            --            3,468             --           3,468
 Depreciation and amortization ............           291 (4)        5,156             --           5,156
                                                      (35)(5)
                                                ---------
Total operating expenses ..................           285           32,350             --          32,350
                                                ---------        ---------     ----------        --------
Income (loss) from operations .............          (285)            (515)            --            (515)
Other (income) expense ....................            --               13             --              13
Interest expense (income), net ............           258 (6)        2,755         (2,889)(7)        (134)
                                                ---------        ---------     ----------        --------
Income (loss) before provision for
 income taxes .............................          (543)          (3,283)         2,889            (394)
Provision for income taxes ................            --               37             --              37
                                                ---------        ---------     ----------        --------
Net income (loss) .........................          (543)          (3,320)         2,889 (8)        (431)
Preferred stock dividends .................         1,800 (9)           --             --              --
                                                ---------        ---------     ----------        --------
Net income (loss) applicable to
 common stockholders ......................     $   1,257        $  (3,320)    $    2,889        $   (431)
                                                =========        =========     ==========        ========
Basic net loss per common share ...........                                                     $   (0.05)
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding - Basic ......................            --            5,677          3,600 (10)      9,277


                                       24

       NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 DESCRIPTION OF ACQUISITIONS

     The  acquisitions of TCS and Stockton were accounted for using the purchase
    method of accounting  and,  accordingly,  the net assets  acquired have been
    recorded at estimated  fair value on their  respective  dates of acquisition
    and the historical  statement of operations  data of the Company reflect the
    results of operations of these  businesses  from their  respective  dates of
    acquisition.  The purchase  prices and the allocation of the purchase prices
    to the acquired assets are as follows:



                                                         TCS       STOCKTON
                                                     ----------   ---------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                            
     Cash purchase price .........................    $11,645      $10,674
                                                      =======      =======
     Computer equipment ..........................    $   400      $   260
     Purchased client lists ......................         --          742
     Purchased software and technology ...........      2,619          968
     Goodwill ....................................      4,092        8,704
     In-process research and development .........      4,354           --
                                                      -------      -------
                                                      $11,645      $10,674
                                                      =======      =======

      The Company is also contingently liable for additional consideration of up
     to  $2,600,000  (plus  interest at an annual  rate of 7.25%) if  Stockton's
     revenue  during the 12-month  period ending  September 30, 1998 is at least
     $5,000,000.  No accrual has been made for the  contingent  liability  as of
     March 31, 1998. Such contingent consideration will be treated as additional
     purchase  price and will,  therefore,  be added to goodwill  when and if it
     becomes accruable.

      The Stockton purchased client lists are being amortized on a straight-line
     basis over five years. The purchased  software and technology  generally is
     being amortized on a straight-line  basis over three years for TCS and over
     five years for  Stockton.  Goodwill is being  amortized on a  straight-line
     basis over seven  years for the TCS  acquisition  and over 20 years for the
     Stockton   acquisition.   Computer   equipment  is  being  amortized  on  a
     straight-line basis over three years.

 (1) Represents  the  historical  results of operations of TCS from July 1, 1996
     through the date of acquisition by the Company in February 1997.

 (2) Represents  the  historical  results of operations of Stockton from July 1,
     1996 through June 30, 1997.

 (3) Represents rent expense  relating to a new operating lease for the Stockton
     facility.

 (4) Represents adjustments for amortization expense related to the acquisitions
     of TCS and Stockton as if they had occurred July 1, 1996, as follows:


                                                              YEAR ENDED               NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            JUNE 30, 1997               MARCH 31, 1998
                                                   --------------------------------   ------------------
                                                     TCS      STOCKTON      TOTAL          STOCKTON
                                                   -------   ----------   ---------   ------------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                          
     Purchased client lists ....................    $ --        $ 148      $  148            $  55
     Purchased software and technology .........     509          194         703               73
     Goodwill ..................................     341          435         776              163
                                                    ----        -----      ------            -----
                                                    $850        $ 777      $1,627            $ 291
                                                    ====        =====      ======            =====

 (5) Represents  the  elimination  of  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses
     relating to assets of Stockton that were not acquired.

                                       25


 (6) The  interest  expense   adjustment   relating  to  the  TCS  and  Stockton
     acquisitions is as follows:


                                                                            YEAR ENDED      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                          JUNE 30, 1997      MARCH 31, 1998
                                                                         ---------------   ------------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                     
    Elimination of historical interest expense of Stockton ...........       $  (111)            $  (38)
    Interest expense on portion of Senior Subordinated Note used
      to fund TCS acquisition including amortization of discount .....           939                 --
    Interest expense on borrowings under the Credit Facility used
      to fund Stockton  acquisition  at a composite  interest rate of 7.07% (The
      effect  of a  .125%  variance  in  the  interest  rate  on the  pro  forma
      adjustment  for the year ended  June 30,  1997 and the nine  months  ended
      March 31, 1998 would be $14 and
      $5, respectively.)..............................................           755                296
                                                                             -------             ------
                                                                             $ 1,583             $  258
                                                                             =======             ======


 (7) The interest expense adjustment relating to the Offering is as follows:


                                                            YEAR ENDED      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                          JUNE 30, 1997      MARCH 31, 1998
                                                         ---------------   ------------------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                     
       Interest expense on Senior Subordinated Note
        including amortization of discount ...........      $ (1,992)           $ (2,125)
       Interest expense on borrowings under the Credit
        Facility .....................................          (839)               (764)
                                                            --------            --------
                                                            $ (2,831)           $ (2,889)
                                                            ========            ========

 (8) In connection  with the  repayment of  outstanding  indebtedness  under the
     Credit Facility and the Senior  Subordinated  Note, the Company will record
     an extraordinary  charge relating to the elimination of deferred  financing
     costs  associated  with  the  Credit  Facility  and  the  write-off  of the
     remaining discount on the Senior  Subordinated Note. Such charge would have
     approximated $86,000 as of July 1, 1996,  representing solely the write-off
     of deferred  financing  costs  associated  with the Credit  Facility.  Such
     charge would have approximated  $1,846,000 as of March 31, 1998, consisting
     of $96,000 relating to the write-off of deferred financing costs associated
     with the Credit  Facility and  $1,750,000  relating to the write-off of the
     remaining  discount on the Senior  Subordinated  Note. Such charge has been
     excluded from the pro forma statements of operations.

 (9) Represents the elimination of the dividends  accrued on the Preferred Stock
     due to the Recapitalization.

(10) Represents  the pro rata portion of Common Stock issued in connection  with
     the Senior Subordinated Note relating to the TCS acquisition.

(11) Represents  the sale by the Company of 3,600,000  shares of Common Stock in
     the Offering.


(12) Represents the  historical  results of operations of Stockton from July 1,
     1997 through the date of acquisition by the Company in November 1997.


                                       26

                 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET



                                                            AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                                      -------------------------------
                                                                       ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                     RELATING TO THE
                                                         ACTUAL     RECAPITALIZATION
                                                      ------------ ------------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                             
ASSETS
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..........................  $   1,455      $        --
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubt-
   ful accounts .....................................      7,463               --
 Formulary receivables ..............................      1,502               --
 Inventory ..........................................        240               --
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........        489               --
                                                       ---------      -----------
   Total current assets .............................     11,149               --
Property and equipment, Net .........................      4,944               --
Goodwill-Net ........................................     32,408               --
Other intangible assets-Net .........................      5,247               --
Other assets ........................................        431               --
                                                       ---------      -----------
Total ...............................................  $  54,179      $        --
                                                       =========      ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current Liabilities:
 Accounts payable ...................................  $   2,753      $        --
 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.           4,880               --
 Current portion of long-term debt ..................        240               --
                                                       ---------      -----------
   Total current liabilities ........................      7,873               --
Long-term debt ......................................     40,259               --
Other long-term liabilities .........................        761               --
Redeemable cumulative preferred stock ...............     30,623          (30,623)(1)
Stockholders' equity (deficit): .....................
 Common Stock .......................................         57               22 (1)
                                                                                1 (2)
 Additional paid-in capital .........................     26,069           30,601 (1)
                                                                               (1)(2)
 Accumulated deficit ................................    (51,463)              --
                                                       ---------      -----------
   Total stockholders' equity (deficit) .............    (25,337)          30,623
                                                       ---------      -----------
Total ...............................................  $  54,179      $        --
                                                       =========      ===========




                                                                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                                      ---------------------------------------------
                                                                       ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                       RELATING TO      PRO FORMA,
                                                       PRO FORMA      THE OFFERING      AS ADJUSTED
                                                      ----------- -------------------- ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                              
ASSETS
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..........................  $   1,455     $      4,280 (3)   $   5,735
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubt-
   ful accounts .....................................      7,463               --           7,463
 Formulary receivables ..............................      1,502               --           1,502
 Inventory ..........................................        240               --             240
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........        489               --             489
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
   Total current assets .............................     11,149            4,280          15,429
Property and equipment, Net .........................      4,944               --           4,944
Goodwill-Net ........................................     32,408               --          32,408
Other intangible assets-Net .........................      5,247               --           5,247
Other assets ........................................        431              (96)(4)         335
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
Total ...............................................  $  54,179     $      4,184       $  58,363
                                                       =========     ============       =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current Liabilities:
 Accounts payable ...................................  $   2,753               --       $   2,753
 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.           4,880             (717)(3)       4,163
 Current portion of long-term debt ..................        240              384 (4)         624
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
   Total current liabilities ........................      7,873             (333)(3)       7,540
Long-term debt ......................................     40,259          (40,925)(3)         700
                                                                            1,366 (4)
Other long-term liabilities .........................        761               --             761
Redeemable cumulative preferred stock ...............         --               --              --
Stockholders' equity (deficit): 
 Common Stock .......................................         80               36 (3)         116
 Additional paid-in capital .........................     56,669           45,886 (3)     102,555
 Accumulated deficit ................................    (51,463)          (1,846)(4)     (53,309)
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
   Total stockholders' equity (deficit) .............      5,286           44,076          49,362
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
Total ...............................................  $  54,179     $      4,184       $  58,363
                                                       =========     ============       =========


                                       27


            NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(1) Represents the conversion of outstanding  Preferred  Stock and $6,627,000 of
    accrued  dividends on the  Preferred  Stock into Common Stock in  connection
    with the Recapitalization.

(2) Represents the exercise of all Common Stock purchase  warrants in connection
    with the Recapitalization.

(3) Represents the sale by the Company of 3,600,000 shares of Common Stock at an
    assumed public offering price of $14.00 per share and the application of the
    net proceeds to the Company as follows:


   
                                                                      
       PROCEEDS
        Gross proceeds from Offering .................................    $  50,400
        Underwriting discount and commissions ........................       (3,528)
        Estimated Offering expenses ..................................         (950)
                                                                          ---------
          Net proceeds ...............................................       45,922
                                                                          ---------
       USES
        Repay Senior Subordinated Note ...............................      (25,000)
        Repay borrowings under the Credit Facility ...................      (15,925)
        Repay accrued interest on Senior Subordinated Note and borrow-
          ings under the Credit Facility .............................         (717)
                                                                          ---------
          Total uses .................................................      (41,642)
                                                                          ---------
          Excess proceeds ............................................    $   4,280
                                                                          =========

    
(4) Represents a $96,000 decrease in other assets relating to the elimination of
    deferred  financing  costs  associated  with  the  Credit  Facility  and the
    write-off  of the  remaining  discount  on the Senior  Subordinated  Note of
    $1,750,000,  both of which will be recorded as extraordinary  items upon the
    consummation of the Offering.




                                       28

                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     The statement of operations  data presented  below for the years ended June
30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1998 and the balance
sheet data as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and March 31,  1998,  are derived  from,
and qualified by reference to, the audited consolidated  financial statements of
the Company  included  elsewhere  herein.  The balance sheet data as of June 30,
1995 and March 31, 1997 are derived  from,  and  qualified by reference  to, the
respective  audited  and  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements  of the
Company not included herein. The statement of operations data for the nine month
period ended March 31, 1997 is derived from the unaudited consolidated financial
statements  of  the  Company  included  elsewhere  herein.  In  the  opinion  of
management,  the unaudited  consolidated financial statements have been prepared
on the same basis as the audited  consolidated  financial statements and include
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a
fair  presentation of the financial  position and results of operations for such
period.  The  results  for the nine month  period  ended  March 31, 1998 are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the related full fiscal
year.  The selected  consolidated  financial  data should be read in conjunction
with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements
of the Company,  the notes thereto and the other financial  information included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.



                                                                        YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------
                                                              1995             1996              1997
                                                        ---------------- ---------------- ------------------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                                                                 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues(1) ..........................................    $ 16,246         $ 31,768          $  35,279
 Operating expenses:
  Operations ..........................................       9,753           19,174             16,817
  Sales, marketing and client services ................       3,615            7,064              8,769
  Research and development ............................       2,051            2,132              3,278
  General and administrative ..........................       3,119            6,059              5,263
  Depreciation and amortization .......................       2,995            5,176              5,293
  Write-down of intangible assets .....................       8,191 (2)        9,965 (3)             --
  Acquired in-process research and development (4)..             --               --              4,354
  Other charges (5) ...................................       2,864              538              2,301
                                                           ---------        ---------         ---------
 Total operating expenses .............................      32,588           50,108             46,075
                                                           ---------        ---------         ---------
 Loss from operations .................................     (16,342)         (18,340)           (10,796)
 Other (income) expense ...............................          --              313               (893)
 Interest expense, net ................................         189              584              1,504
                                                           ---------        ---------         ---------
 Loss before provision for income taxes ...............     (16,531)         (19,237)           (11,407)
 Provision for income taxes ...........................          70               93                 57
                                                           ---------        ---------         ---------
 Net loss .............................................     (16,601)         (19,330)           (11,464)
 Preferred stock dividends ............................         (27)          (2,400)            (2,400)
                                                           ---------        ---------         ---------
 Net loss applicable to common stockholders ...........    $(16,628)        $(21,730)         $ (13,864)
                                                           =========        =========         =========

 Basic net loss per common share ......................    $  (3.17)        $  (4.14)        $    (2.56)(6)

 Weighted average common shares outstanding-Basic .....       5,238            5,245              5,425


                                                                  NINE MONTHS
                                                                ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                        -------------------------------
                                                            1997            1998
                                                        ------------ ------------------
                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                                               
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues(1) ..........................................   $ 24,964       $  30,189
 Operating expenses:
  Operations ..........................................     12,104          12,485
  Sales, marketing and client services ................      6,143           7,769
  Research and development ............................      2,455           2,886
  General and administrative ..........................      3,340           3,307
  Depreciation and amortization .......................      3,502           4,846
  Write-down of intangible assets .....................         --              --
  Acquired in-process research and development (4)..         4,354              --
  Other charges (5) ...................................        990              --
                                                          --------       ---------
 Total operating expenses .............................     32,888          31,293
                                                          --------       ---------
 Loss from operations .................................     (7,924)         (1,104)
 Other (income) expense ...............................       (885)             13
 Interest expense, net ................................        779           2,470
                                                          --------       ---------
 Loss before provision for income taxes ...............     (7,818)         (3,587)
 Provision for income taxes ...........................         43              37
                                                          --------       ---------
 Net loss .............................................     (7,861)         (3,624)
 Preferred stock dividends ............................     (1,800)         (1,800)
                                                          --------       ---------
 Net loss applicable to common stockholders ...........   $ (9,661)      $  (5,424)
                                                          ========       =========

 Basic net loss per common share ......................  $   (1.81)     $    (0.96)(6)

 Weighted average common shares outstanding-Basic .....      5,345           5,677




                                                                    AS OF JUNE 30,                      AS OF MARCH 31,
                                                       -----------------------------------------   --------------------------
                                                          1995          1996            1997           1997          1998
                                                       ---------   -------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                                  
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Working capital ...................................    $   504      $  (4,207)      $  (2,567)     $    (546)    $   3,276
 Total assets ......................................     59,511         43,031          45,459         47,784        54,179
 Long-term debt, including current portion .........      5,805         11,601          25,161         25,278        40,499
 Redeemable cumulative preferred stock .............     24,023         26,423          28,823         28,223        30,623
 Stockholders' equity (deficit) ....................     12,942         (8,472)        (20,069)       (15,916)      (25,337)


                                       29



                                                                                                            NINE MONTHS
                                                                 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,                      ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                    ---------------------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                         1995            1996            1997            1997           1998
                                                    -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -----------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER TRANSACTION DATA)
                                                                                                     
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA (7) .....................................     $ (13,347)      $ (13,164)      $  (5,503)      $  (4,422)     $   3,742
 Adjusted EBITDA (7) ............................        (2,292)         (2,052)          2,211             922          3,742

 Cash flows from operating activities ...........        (3,561)         (1,653)         (4,020)         (2,991)        (3,842)
 Cash flows from investing activities ...........       (22,074)         (4,919)        (12,221)        (11,630)       (11,630)
 Cash flows from financing activities ...........        33,434             657          15,521          15,818         15,008

 Transactions processed(8)
  Pharmacy ......................................            --         107,032         126,201          88,463        136,685
  Medical .......................................            --          16,030          23,085          14,921         23,514
  Dental ........................................            --           6,021          12,188           8,759         10,767
                                                      ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------      ---------
   Total transactions processed .................            --         129,083         161,474         112,143        170,966
 Transactions per FTE (8)(9) ....................            --             322             415             293            478
 Revenue per FTE (9) ............................     $      48       $      79       $      91       $      65      $      84
 Operating expenses per transaction (8) .........            --             0.39            0.29            0.29           0.18


- ----------
(1) During the periods presented,  the Company made a series of acquisitions and
    divested certain non-core or unprofitable operations.  Revenues attributable
    to these  divested  operations,  which  are  included  in the  statement  of
    operations data, were  $1,595,000,  $3,517,000,  $2,252,000,  $1,941,000 and
    $241,000 in the fiscal years ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the nine
    months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.


(2) Reflects the write-off of goodwill  related to the  acquisitions  of MPC and
    Wellmark.

(3) Reflects  the  write-down  of costs  relating  to client  lists and  related
    allocable goodwill obtained in the acquisition of MEDE OHIO.

(4) Reflects the write-off of acquired in-process research and development costs
    upon the consummation of the TCS acquisition.

(5) Reflects: (i) expenses recorded relating to contingent consideration paid to
    former owners of acquired businesses of $538,000,  $2,301,000,  and $990,000
    in the fiscal  years ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 and the nine months  ended
    March 31, 1997,  respectively;  and (ii) expenses of $2,864,000  relating to
    the spin-off of the Company by CES in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995.

(6) Supplemental  net loss per  share,  giving  effect to the  Recapitalization,
    would be $(1.55) and $(0.47) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 and the
    nine months ended March 31, 1998, respectively.

(7) EBITDA  represents  net income (loss) plus  provision for income taxes,  net
    interest expense,  other (income) expense and depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA  is not a  measurement  in  accordance  with GAAP and  should  not be
    considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than,  earnings (loss) from
    operations,  net earnings  (loss) or cash flow from operations as defined by
    GAAP or as a measure of the Company's  profitability  or liquidity.  Not all
    companies calculate EBITDA in the same manner and, accordingly, EBITDA shown
    herein may not be comparable to EBITDA shown by other companies. The Company
    has  included  information   concerning  EBITDA  herein  because  management
    believes  EBITDA  provides useful  information.  Adjusted EBITDA  represents
    EBITDA plus certain other charges as described  below.  The following  table
    summarizes EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA for all periods presented:



                                                                                                          NINE MONTHS
                                                                    YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,                 ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                         ------------------------------------------ ------------------------
                                                              1995           1996          1997          1997        1998
                                                         -------------- -------------- ------------ ------------- ----------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                                   
  EBITDA ...............................................   $  (13,347)    $  (13,164)    $ (5,503)    $  (4,422)   $ 3,742
  Contingent consideration paid to former owners of ac-
   quired businesses ...................................           --            538        2,301           990         --
  Write-down of intangible assets ......................        8,191          9,965           --            --         --
  Acquired in-process research and development .........           --             --        4,354         4,354         --
  Expenses related to the CES spin-off .................        2,864                                        --         --
  Contract and legal settlement provisions .............           --            609        1,059            --         --
                                                           ----------     ----------     --------     ---------    -------
  Adjusted EBITDA ......................................   $   (2,292)    $   (2,052)    $  2,211     $     922    $ 3,742
                                                           ==========     ==========     ========     =========    =======

- ----------
(8) Transaction  volumes  are not  available  for the fiscal year ended June 30,
    1995.

(9) Full-time  equivalents  ("FTE") represents the number of full-time employees
    and part-time equivalents of full-time employees as of the end of the period
    shown.

                                       30

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  discussion  of  the  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations  of the  Company  should be read in  conjunction  with the  financial
statements,  including the notes thereto,  of the Company included  elsewhere in
this Prospectus. This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements relating to
future  events or  future  financial  performance  of the  Company.  Prospective
investors  are  cautioned  that  any  such  forward-looking  statements  are not
guarantees of future  performance  and involve risks and  uncertainties.  Actual
events  or  results  may  differ   materially   from  those   discussed  in  the
forward-looking  statements as a result of various  factors,  including the risk
factors  set  forth  under  "Risk  Factors"  and the  matters  set forth in this
Prospectus generally.

OVERVIEW

     MEDE AMERICA is a leading  provider of EDI products and services to a broad
range  of  providers  and  payors  in the  healthcare  industry.  The  Company's
integrated  suite of EDI solutions and services  allows  hospitals,  pharmacies,
physicians,  dentists and other  healthcare  providers  and  provider  groups to
electronically  edit,  process and transmit  claims,  eligibility and enrollment
data, track claims submissions  throughout the claims payment process and obtain
faster reimbursement for their services.  Currently,  the Company processes over
900,000 transactions per day for over 65,000 providers located in all 50 states.

     The  Company  was  formed  in March  1995  through  the  consolidation  and
subsequent  spin-off  of  three  subsidiaries  of CES,  in  connection  with the
acquisition by First Data  Corporation of CES' credit card processing  business.
The three subsidiaries,  MedE America,  Inc., MPC and Wellmark,  which comprised
the heathcare  services business of CES,  historically  provided EDI services to
hospitals and physicians.  Their combined financial results are reflected in the
fiscal 1995 financial statements on a full year basis.

     Since its formation,  the Company has expanded both through internal growth
and the acquisition of five healthcare  transaction  processing  businesses.  As
part of its strategy of providing an integrated suite of EDI products to a broad
range of  healthcare  providers,  the Company has focused on  acquisitions  that
provided  entry into new markets or expanded the Company's  product  suite.  All
acquisitions  have been  accounted for under the purchase  method of accounting.
The Company has actively pursued the integration of its acquisitions and, in the
process,  has either  divested,  closed or modified  various  operations  of the
acquired  entities in order to eliminate  non-core or redundant  operations  and
achieve cost savings and operating  efficiencies.  These integration  activities
impacted  the  Company's  financial  results in the fiscal  years ended June 30,
1995,  1996 and 1997 and the nine months  ended March 31, 1998 and are  ongoing.

                                       31

     The following  table  summarizes  the Company's  acquisitions  and divested
products and operations:



                                                        PRIMARY PRODUCTS        DIVESTED PRODUCTS
                           DATE                           OF FOUNDING/             OF FOUNDING/        DATE
FOUNDING COMPANIES       ACQUIRED         MARKET         ACQUIRED COMPANY        ACQUIRED COMPANY    DIVESTED
                                                                                     
                         4/94(1)        Medical   Eligibility Verification,   --                        --
 MedE America, Inc.                               Enrollment
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 MPC                     5/94(1)        Medical   Hospital Claims,            Data Entry               1/97
                                                  Physician Billing           Physician Billing       12/96
                                                                              Physician Billing        8/97
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Wellmark                5/94(1)        Medical   Hospital Claims,            --                        --
                                                  Physician Billing
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COMPANIES ACQUIRED BY
 MEDE AMERICA
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 MEDE OHIO               3/95            Pharmacy  Switching, PBM,             Practice Management      2/96
                                                   Third Party Billing         Software
 
                                                                               Practice Management     12/97
                                                                               Software
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Latpon                  6/95            Medical   Hospital Claims             Physician Billing        3/96
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 EC&F/Premier           10/95            Dental    Dental Claims, Practice     Practice Management      3/97
                                                   Management Software         Software
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TCS                     2/97           Pharmacy/  PBM, Switching,             --                        --
                                         Medical   Eligibility Verification
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Stockton               11/97           Pharmacy   PBM                         --                        --
==============================================================================================================


 (1) Represents date acquired by CES.

     In March 1995, the majority  stockholder of the Company acquired all of the
outstanding  shares  of MEDE  OHIO for a cash  purchase  price of  approximately
$22,593,000,   including   transaction   expenses.   The  majority   stockholder
subsequently  merged MEDE OHIO into the Company.  MEDE OHIO develops EDI systems
for the pharmacy market and provides transaction switching/routing services. The
acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method and the Company recorded
total  intangible  assets of  $25,814,000,  consisting  of $892,000 of software,
$2,527,000 of client lists and $22,395,000 of goodwill. During fiscal year 1996,
the Company wrote-down  $9,965,000 of costs relating to client lists and related
allocable  goodwill due to a loss of approximately 25% of the acquired MEDE OHIO
client base. The loss of this significant portion of MEDE OHIO's client base was
primarily  due to  problems  experienced  by  the  Company  in  the  post-merger
integration  of MEDE  OHIO's  operations  into the  Company's  operations.  This
post-merger  integration  process took place during the same general time period
in  which  the  Company  was  spun-off  from CES and a new  management  team was
installed at the Company.  The Company generally is amortizing the software over
three years and the remaining value of client lists is being amortized over five
years. The goodwill is being amortized over 20 years.

     In June  1995,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all of the assets of
Latpon  for  a  cash  purchase  price  of  approximately  $2,470,000,  plus  the
assumption of approximately  $963,000 of liabilities (primarily long-term debt).
Latpon,  a developer of claims  processing  software,  provided EDI  transaction
processing  services to hospitals and  hospital-based  physician groups.  Latpon
also provided electronic and manual business office administrative services. The
acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method and the Company recorded
total  intangible  assets of $2,291,000,  consisting of $993,000 of software and
client lists and $1,298,000 of goodwill. The Company generally is amortizing the
software  over five years and is  amortizing  the client lists and goodwill over
five years and 20 years, respectively.

                                       32

     In October 1995, the Company acquired two commonly-owned  companies,  EC&F,
an all payor  EDI  dental  claims  processor,  and  Premier,  a dental  practice
management  software vendor.  The acquisitions  were funded with an initial cash
payment of $4,050,000,  including transaction  expenses,  and contingent earnout
payments  based on the  achievement of certain EBITDA growth targets by the EC&F
business over three  one-year  periods ending on September 30, 1998. The Company
recorded expenses of $538,000 during fiscal year 1996 relating to the first such
period and an aggregate $2,301,000 during fiscal year 1997 primarily relating to
the  second  and third such  periods.  The  Company  does not  believe  that any
additional  amounts will be payable pursuant to this earn-out  arrangement.  The
acquisitions  of EC&F and Premier were  accounted for under the purchase  method
and the Company  recorded total intangible  assets of $4,350,000,  consisting of
$764,000 of  software,  and  $3,586,000  of goodwill.  The Company  generally is
amortizing  the software over three years and is amortizing the goodwill over 20
years.  The Company sold Premier in January 1997 for a cash payment of $388,000.
There was no gain or loss on the sale of Premier.

     In  February  1997,  the  Company  acquired  TCS,  a provider  of  pharmacy
switching and PBM transaction processing systems and services for pharmacies and
eligibility  verification  services for physicians,  for a total cash payment of
$11,465,000,  including transaction expenses.  The acquisition was accounted for
under the purchase method and the Company  recorded total  intangible  assets of
$11,065,000,  consisting of $4,354,000 of in-process  research and  development,
$2,619,000  of  software  and  $4,092,000  of  goodwill.  As of the  date of the
acquisition,  the  Company  wrote  off  the  acquired  in-process  research  and
development  which  had  not  reached  technological   feasibility  and  had  no
alternative  future use. The Company  generally is amortizing  the software over
three years and is amortizing the goodwill over seven years.

     The  in-process  research and  development  acquired  from TCS consisted of
advanced  Windows  software  technology  for PC and client server  platforms for
healthcare EDI  transactions.  Products under development  included:  (1) a plan
member  eligibility  verification for workers  compensation;  (2) medical claims
processing system to meet the HCFA 1500 EDI standard; and (3) a switching system
for internet claims from retail pharmacies. At the time of the acquisition,  the
Company  estimated that continued  development  activities for six months to one
year  resulting  in  additional  estimated  research  and  development  costs of
$460,000 would be required in order to prove  feasibility  and bring the project
to commercial viability. It was the opinion of management that such projects had
an above average  probability of successful  completion and could  contribute to
revenue,  profit and cash flow within 18 to 24 months from the date of purchase.
At this time, all three projects are substantially complete. However, any or all
of these  projects  could fail to produce an economic  gain.  Such  failure,  if
encountered,  would not affect the Company's current product suite and financial
results,  but would decrease the Company's  opportunities for growth.  Estimated
costs to complete the acquired in-process  research and development  projects as
of the date of acquisition were as follows:

           ESTIMATED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSE (IN THOUSANDS)



                          WORKERS COMP.     HCFA 1500     PHARMACY     TOTAL
                         ---------------   -----------   ----------   ------
                                                          
Fiscal 1997 ..........         $ 58            $ 70         $ 65       $193
Fiscal 1998 ..........           80              97           90        267
                               ----            ----         ----       ----
 Total ...............         $138            $167         $155       $460
                               ====            ====         ====       ====


     In  November  1997,  the  Company  acquired  Stockton,  a  provider  of PBM
transaction  processing  systems and related  services for the pharmacy  market.
Stockton was  purchased  for an initial cash  payment of  $10,674,000  including
transaction   expenses,   and  a  contingent  earnout  payment  based  upon  the
achievement  of certain  revenue  growth  targets.  If such revenue  targets are
achieved over the 12-month  period ending  September 30, 1998, a maximum payment
of  $2,600,000  (plus  interest  at an  annual  rate of  7.25%)  will be made in
December  1998.  Such  additional  consideration  will be treated as  additional
purchase price and will, therefore,  be added to goodwill when and if it becomes
accruable.  The  acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method and the
Company recorded total intangible assets of 

                                       33


$10,414,000,   consisting  of  $1,710,000  of  software  and  client  lists  and
$8,704,000  of  goodwill.  The Company generally is amortizing the software over
five  years  and is amortizing the client lists and goodwill over five years and
20 years, respectively.

Revenues

     Revenues are derived from the sale of transaction  processing  products and
services  primarily  on  a  fee-for-transaction  basis.  Transaction  fees  vary
depending upon  transaction  type and service  provided.  The Company  currently
receives  fees from  providers  for the majority of its  transactions  including
claims processing,  eligibility verification,  claims switching, pharmacy script
processing and tracking and Medicaid enrollment.  The Company also receives fees
from payors for the  transmission  of electronic  claims and formulary  payments
from  pharmaceutical   manufacturers   relating  to  the  Company's  PBM  script
processing and management reporting services.  These transaction-based  revenues
comprise the predominant  portion of the Company's total revenues and tend to be
recurring.   Other  revenue  is  derived  from  one-time   payments  related  to
installation and implementation services,  software license fees and EDI systems
equipment sales. See "Business -- Suite of EDI Products and Services."

     Transaction-based  revenues  and related  formulary  services  revenues (if
applicable),  which constitute the majority of the Company's total revenues, are
recognized  at the time the  transactions  are  processed  and the  services are
provided.  Revenues  associated with software support and  implementation  fees,
each  constituting  less than 3% of the  Company's  revenues for the nine months
ended March 31, 1998, are recognized  ratably over the contract period or as the
service is provided.  Revenue from licensing of software, which also constitutes
less than 3% of the Company's total revenues for the nine months ended March 31,
1998, is recognized  upon  installation if it is determined that the Company has
no  significant  remaining  obligations  and  collectibility  of  the  resulting
receivable is probable. 

Operating Expenses

     Operations   Expense.   Operations  expense  consists  of  data  and  voice
telecommunications  expense,  salaries and benefits for operations employees and
other costs  associated  with  transaction  processing and services  provided to
clients,  such  as  network  and   telecommunications,   maintenance,   computer
operations and systems administration,  facilities and other additional indirect
expenses.  Since  1996,  operations  expense as a  percentage  of  revenues  and
operations  expense per  transaction  have declined as a result of the Company's
integration  and  restructuring   efforts  and  increased   operating  leverage.
Restructuring  charges  recorded in connection  with the  Company's  integration
activities  have resulted in  variability in the Company's  quarterly  operating
results.

     Sales,  Marketing and Client Services Expense.  Sales, marketing and client
services  expense  consists  primarily of salaries,  benefits,  commissions  and
related  indirect costs and expenditures  for marketing  programs,  trade shows,
advertising,  help desk  software  and  related  client  communications.  As the
Company continues to implement its growth strategy,  sales, marketing and client
services expenses are expected to continue to increase.

     Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense consists
primarily of salaries,  benefits and related indirect  expenses  associated with
the design,  research  and  development  of new  products  and  enhancements  to
existing  current  products.  The  development  of  new  software  products  and
enhancements  to existing  software  products  are  expensed  as incurred  until
technological feasibility has been established.  After technological feasibility
has been established,  any additional software development costs are capitalized
in accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 86,
"Accounting  For the Cost of Computer  Software To Be Sold,  Leased or Otherwise
Marketed."  Amortization of purchased software and technology and of capitalized
software  development  costs is  provided on a  product-by-product  basis at the
greater of the amount  computed  using (a) the ratio of current  revenues  for a
product to the total of  current  and  anticipated  future  revenues  or (b) the
straight-line  method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product.
Generally,  an  original  estimated  economic  life of  three  to five  years is
assigned to purchased software and technology and an original estimated economic
life of five  years is  assigned  to  capitalized  software  development  costs.
Amortization  begins in the period in which the related product is available for
general release to customers. During 

                                       34

the nine  months  ended March 31,  1998,  the  Company  capitalized  $319,000 of
software development costs on a project for which technological  feasibility had
been established but was not yet available for client release.  Prior to July 1,
1997,  the  Company did not have any  software  development  projects  for which
significant  development  costs  were  incurred  between  the  establishment  of
technological feasibility and general client release of the product. The Company
believes  that  the  development  of  enhanced  and new  product  offerings  are
essential to remaining competitive and it expects that development expenses will
increase in the future.

     General and  Administrative  Expense.  General and  administrative  expense
primarily  consists of  salaries,  benefits and related  indirect  costs for the
administrative,  executive, finance, legal, human resources and internal systems
personnel,  as well as accounting and legal fees. As the Company  implements its
growth strategy, general and administrative expenses are expected to increase.

     Depreciation and Amortization  Expense. The Company depreciates the cost of
its tangible capital assets on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic
life of the asset:  three to five years for computer  equipment,  five years for
furniture  and  fixtures,  and 20 to 25 years for  buildings  and  improvements.
Acquisition-related  intangible assets,  which include the value of software and
client lists,  are amortized based on the estimated  useful economic life of the
asset at the time of  acquisition,  and therefore will vary among  acquisitions.
The  Company  recorded  amortization  expense  relating  to  goodwill  and other
intangible assets of $3,541,000 and $3,389,000 during the fiscal year ended June
30, 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1998, respectively.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table sets forth,  for the periods  indicated,  certain items
from the  consolidated  statements of  operations of the Company  expressed as a
percentage of total revenues.



                                                                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                       YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,             MARCH 31,
                                                  ------------------------------   ------------------
                                                    1995       1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                  --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
                                                                               
Revenues ......................................      100%       100%       100%       100%      100%
Operating Expenses:
 Operations ...................................       60         60         48         48        41
 Sales, marketing and client services .........       22         22         25         25        26
 Research and development .....................       13          7          9         10        10
 General and administrative ...................       19         19         15         13        11
 Depreciation and amortization ................       18         16         15         14        16


NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997

Revenues

     Revenues  for the nine  months  ended  March 31,  1998 were  $30.2  million
compared  to  $25.0  million  in  the  corresponding   period  of  fiscal  1997,
representing  an increase of 21%.  The increase was  primarily  attributable  to
incremental  revenue from the  acquisitions of TCS and Stockton in February 1997
and November 1997,  respectively,  partially offset by the loss of revenues from
operations  that were  divested.  The increase was also due to the growth of the
existing business. 

     The Company  processed  171 million  transactions  in the nine months ended
March  31,  1998,  compared  to  112  million  transactions   processed  in  the
corresponding  period of fiscal  1997,  representing  an  increase  of 52%.  The
increase resulted from the addition of new clients, increased transaction volume
from existing  clients and the  acquisitions  of TCS and  Stockton.  The average
price per  transaction  received  by the Company  declined  by 13% between  such
periods,  as a result of the greater proportion of transactions  processed under
contracts with  volume-based  terms and pricing and a larger proportion of lower
priced eligibility  verification  transactions as a result of the acquisition of
TCS.

                                       35

Operating Expenses

     Operations  expense was $12.5  million for the nine months  ended March 31,
1998  compared  to $12.1  million in the  corresponding  period of fiscal  1997,
representing an increase of 3%. As a percentage of revenues,  operations expense
decreased  from 48% for the  first  nine  months  of  fiscal  1997 to 41% in the
corresponding  period of fiscal 1998. The  containment of operations  expense in
the nine  months  ended March 31,  1998 was a result of ongoing  cost  reduction
programs,  systems  consolidation for recent  acquisitions and the impact of the
divested  operations,  which results are included in the 1997 period but not the
1998 period.

     Sales,  marketing and client services expense was $7.8 million for the nine
months ended March 31, 1998 compared to $6.1 million in the corresponding period
of fiscal 1997,  representing  an increase of 26%. As a percentage  of revenues,
sales,  marketing and client services  expense  increased from 25% for the first
nine months of fiscal 1997 to 26% in the  corresponding  period of fiscal  1998.
This  increase  was  primarily  due to the  inclusion of TCS and Stockton in the
results of operations  for the nine months ended March 31, 1998 and, to a lesser
extent, increases in expenses relating to the hiring of new employees for client
support and help desk service,  the installation of help desk tracking  software
and resources devoted to telesales.

     Research and development expense was $2.9 million for the nine months ended
March 31, 1998  compared to $2.5 million in the  corresponding  period of fiscal
1997, representing an increase of 18%. As a percentage of revenues, research and
development  expense  was 10% for each  such  period.  The  Company  capitalized
$319,000  of  software  development  costs in the  first  nine  months  of 1998,
however,  no software  development  costs were capitalized in the  corresponding
period of fiscal  1997.  Prior to July 1,  1997,  the  Company  did not have any
software  development  projects  for which  significant  development  costs were
incurred  between the  establishment  of  technological  feasibility and general
client release of the product.

     General and  administrative  expense  was $3.3  million for the nine months
ended  March  31,  1998  and the  corresponding  period  of  fiscal  1997.  As a
percentage of revenues,  general and  administrative  expense decreased from 13%
for the first nine months of fiscal 1997 to 11% in the  corresponding  period of
fiscal  1998.  This  decrease  was  primarily a result of cost  controls and the
consolidation  and  integration  activities  related  to  the  Company's  recent
acquisitions.

     Depreciation and amortization  expense was $4.8 million for the nine months
ended March 31, 1998  compared to $3.5  million in the  corresponding  period of
fiscal  1997,  representing  an increase of 38%. As a  percentage  of  revenues,
depreciation  and  amortization  expense  increased  from 14% for the first nine
months of fiscal 1997 to 16% in the  corresponding  period of fiscal 1998.  This
increase  was  primarily  attributable  to the  increased  amortization  expense
related to the  acquisitions  of TCS in February  1997 and  Stockton in November
1997.

     There were no acquisition-related  expenses for the nine months ended March
31,  1998,  as compared to $5.3  million of such  expenses in the  corresponding
period of fiscal  1997.  Included  in the amount for the prior  period is a $4.4
million  write-off  related to  in-process  research  and  development  from the
acquisition of TCS (for software that had not achieved technological feasibility
and had no  alternative  use),  and a  contingent  earnout  charge  of  $990,000
recorded by the  Company in  connection  with the EC&F  purchase  agreement.  In
addition,  in the nine months ended March 31, 1997, the Company  recorded a gain
of $885,000  from a sale of  securities.  See Note 12 of "Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements."

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO JUNE 30, 1996

Revenues

     Revenues  for the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1997 were  $35.3  million
compared to $31.8 million in fiscal 1996,  representing  an increase of 11%. The
increase was primarily  attributable  to revenue from the  acquisition of TCS in
February 1997,  partially  offset by the loss of revenues from  operations  that
were divested. The increase was also due to the growth of the existing business.

                                       36



     The Company  processed  161 million  transactions  in the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1997  compared to 129 million  transactions  processed  in fiscal 1996,
representing an increase of 25%. The increase  resulted from the addition of new
clients,  the growth of business from existing  clients and the TCS acquisition.
The average  price per  transaction  in fiscal  1997  declined by 4% from fiscal
1996,  primarily as a result of the divested  operations  having  higher  claims
pricing.

Operating Expenses

     Operations  expense  was $16.8  million  for the fiscal year ended June 30,
1997 compared to $19.2 million in fiscal 1996,  representing  a decrease of 12%.
As a percentage of revenues,  operations  expense  decreased from 60% during the
first  nine  months  of 1996  to 48% in  fiscal  1996.  The  operations  expense
improvement   was  a  result  of  ongoing  cost  reduction   programs,   systems
consolidation  for recent  acquisitions  and the  divestitures  of  non-core  or
unprofitable operations.

     Sales,  marketing  and client  services  expense  was $8.8  million for the
fiscal  year ended  June 30,  1997  compared  to $7.1  million  in fiscal  1996,
representing an increase of 24%. As a percentage of revenues,  sales,  marketing
and client  service  expense  increased from 22% in fiscal 1996 to 25% in fiscal
1997. This increase was primarily due to the inclusion of the TCS acquisition in
the results for five months and, to a lesser  extent,  to the addition of client
support personnel and the increase in help desk tracking software expenses.

     Research and development expense was $3.3 million for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1997 compared to $2.1 million in fiscal 1996,  representing an increase
of 54%. As a percentage of revenues,  research and development expense increased
from 7% in fiscal 1996 to 9% in fiscal  1997.  This  increase  in  research  and
development  expense was due to the hiring of new employees  and other  expenses
related  to  the  expansion  of  the  Company's   processing  capacity  and  the
implementation  of new  technology  processing  platforms  throughout  its  data
processing centers.

     General and  administrative  expense  was $5.3  million for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1997  compared to $6.1  million in fiscal  1996,  representing  a
decrease of 13%. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expense
decreased  from 19% in fiscal  1996 to 15% in fiscal  1997.  This  decrease  was
primarily a result of consolidation and integration activities.

     Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  was $5.3  million for fiscal year
ended June 30, 1997  compared to $5.2  million in fiscal 1996,  representing  an
increase of 2%. As a  percentage  of  revenues,  depreciation  and  amortization
expense decreased from 16% in fiscal 1996 to 15% in fiscal 1997.

     Acquisition-related  expenses  for the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1997
included a $4.4 million write-off related to in-process research and development
from the  acquisition  of TCS (for software that had not achieved  technological
feasibility and had no alternative use), and a contingent earnout charge of $2.3
million recorded by the Company in connection with the EC&F purchase  agreement.
In addition,  in the nine months ended March 31,  1997,  the Company  recorded a
gain  of  $885,000  from  a  sale  of  securities.  See  Note  12 of  "Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements."

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO JUNE 30, 1995

Revenues

     Revenues  for the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1996 were  $31.8  million
compared to $16.2 million in fiscal 1995,  representing  an increase of 96%. The
increase in revenues was  primarily  attributable  to the inclusion of MEDE OHIO
results for the full 12 months in fiscal 1996, compared to nearly four months in
fiscal 1995, the  acquisition of Latpon in June 1995 and the acquisition of EC&F
and Premier in October 1995.

Operating Expenses

     Operations expense was $19.2 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996
compared to $9.8 million in fiscal 1995,  representing  an increase of 97%. As a
percentage of revenues, operations expense was 60% for both periods.

                                       37



     Sales, marketing and client services expense was $7.1 million in the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1996  compared to $3.6 million in fiscal 1995,  representing
an increase of 95%,  reflecting the impact of  acquisitions.  As a percentage of
revenues, sales, marketing and client services expense was 22% for both periods.

     Research  and  development  expense was $2.1 million for each of the fiscal
years ended June 30, 1996 and 1995.  As a percentage  of revenues,  research and
development expense decreased from 13% in fiscal 1995 to 7% in fiscal 1996. This
decrease  in  research  and  development  expense as a  percentage  of  revenues
resulted from the inclusion of MEDE OHIO and EC&F in the Company's operations.
Their products tended to be less development intensive.

     General  and  administrative  expense  was $6.1  million in the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1996  compared to $3.1  million in fiscal 1995,  representing  an
increase of 94%,  reflecting  the impact of  acquisitions.  As a  percentage  of
revenues, general and administrative expense was 19% for both periods.

     Depreciation and  amortization  expense was $5.2 million in the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1996  compared to $3.0  million in fiscal 1995,  representing  an
increase of 73%. As a percentage  of  revenues,  depreciation  and  amortization
expense decreased from 18% in fiscal 1995 to 16% in fiscal 1996. The increase in
depreciation  and  amortization   expense  was  predominantly   attributable  to
amortization  related to three acquisitions  treated under purchase  accounting:
MEDE OHIO in March 1995; Latpon in June 1995 and EC&F/Premier in October 1995.

     During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1996,  the  Company  wrote down
approximately  $10.0  million  of costs  relating  to client  lists and  related
allocable  goodwill  obtained in the  acquisition of MEDE OHIO.  Such intangible
assets were written down to the net present value of the  estimated  future cash
flows to be derived from these clients as of June 30, 1996.  The  write-down was
required due to a loss of  approximately  25% of the  acquired  MEDE OHIO client
base.  In  addition,  a  contingent  earnout  charge of $538,000 was recorded in
connection  with the EC&F purchase  agreement  during the fiscal year ended June
30, 1996.

                                       38


QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS


                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              9/30/96     12/31/96     3/31/97      6/30/97      9/30/97     12/31/97     3/31/98
                                            ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------ ----------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                                   
Revenues ..................................  $  8,179     $  7,831    $  8,954     $10,315      $  9,241     $  9,849    $11,099
Operating Expenses:
 Operations ...............................     4,298        3,683       4,123       4,713         4,285        3,942      4,258
 Sales, marketing and client services.          1,925        1,957       2,261       2,626         2,385        2,432      2,952
 Research and development .................       783          754         918         823           806        1,059      1,021
 General and administrative ...............     1,042        1,171       1,127       1,923         1,061        1,107      1,139
 Depreciation and amortization ............     1,102        1,044       1,356       1,791         1,554        1,573      1,719
 Acquired in-process research and
   development ............................        --           --       4,354          --            --           --         --
 Payment to former owners of ac-
   quired businesses ......................       330          330         330       1,311            --           --         --
                                             --------     --------    --------     -------      --------     --------    -------
Total operating expenses ..................     9,480        8,939      14,469      13,187        10,091       10,113     11,089
                                             --------     --------    --------     -------      --------     --------    -------
Income (loss) from operations .............    (1,301)      (1,108)     (5,515)     (2,872)         (850)        (264)        10
Other (income) expense ....................        --           --        (885)           (8)         --           --         13
Interest expense, net .....................       150          202         427         725           655          915        900
                                             --------     --------    --------     ---------    --------     --------    -------
Loss before provision for income taxes         (1,451)      (1,310)     (5,057)     (3,589)       (1,505)      (1,179)      (903)
Provision for income taxes ................        14           14          15          14            12           12         13
                                             --------     --------    --------     ---------    --------     --------    -------
Net loss ..................................  $ (1,465)    $ (1,324)   $ (5,072)    $(3,603)     $ (1,517)    $ (1,191)   $  (916)
                                             ========     ========    ========     =========    ========     ========    =======


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

   
     Since inception, the Company has used capital from external sources to fund
its  internal  growth and  operations  and to make  acquisitions.  Such  capital
requirements   have  been   provided  by  (i)  the  Company's   four   principal
stockholders,  through  periodic  purchases  of the  Company's  debt and  equity
securities and (ii) the Credit Facility.  Since June 30, 1995 an investment fund
affiliated with WCAS has purchased a Senior  Subordinated  Note in the principal
amount of $25,000,000 and 370,993 shares of Common Stock from the Company for an
aggregate  $25.0 million,  which was used in connection  with the acquisition of
TCS, to repay  borrowings  under the Credit  Facility  and for  general  working
capital purposes. See "Certain Transactions."

     As of March 31, 1998, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $15,925,000
under the Credit Facility. Such borrowings currently bear interest at a weighted
average  rate of 7.07% per  annum.  The  total  availability  under  the  Credit
Facility is $20.0 million.  See "Certain  Transactions."  All indebtedness under
the Credit Facility has been, and currently is, guaranteed by the Company's four
principal stockholders.  The Company has received a letter from the lender under
the Credit Facility  committing to provide an amended credit facility with total
available  credit of $15.0  million.  This facility would be comprised of a $7.5
million  term  loan to be used for  acquisitions  and a $7.5  million  revolving
credit loan to be used for working capital purposes, each with a maximum term of
two years from  October 31, 1998.  Interest  for the term and revolver  loans is
computed at .25% above the bank's base rate,  or 1.25% above a Eurodollar  based
rate.  Such borrowing  rates are at the option of the Company for any particular
period during which  borrowings  exist.  Covenants under the existing  agreement
include:  customary  covenants and  restrictions  on additional  liabilities and
disposition  of  assets,   achieving  year  2000   compliance  by  August  1999,
maintaining financial records and reporting, a maximum quarterly leverage ratio,
a minimum interest  coverage ratio, as well as prior approval for  acquisitions.
Borrowings under the Amended Credit Facility will not be guaranteed by any third
    

                                       39



   
party, but will be secured by substantially all the Company's assets,  including
the stock of the  Company's  subsidiaries.  The  Amended  Credit  Facility  will
contain  restrictions  on the  payment of  dividends  on the Common  Stock.  See
"Dividend  Policy." It is anticipated that the Amended Credit Facility will take
effect upon the consummation of the Offering.

     As of March 31,  1998,  the Company had cash and cash  equivalents  of $1.5
million and net working capital of $3.3 million. Net cash used in operations was
$1.7 million,  $4.0 million and $3.8 million for the fiscal years ended June 30,
1996 and 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1998,  respectively.  The $3.8
million net cash used in operations for the nine months ended March 31, 1998 was
used  primarily for contingent  earnout  charges on  acquisitions  made in prior
fiscal years,  and other  accounts  payable and accrued  expenses  totaling $3.7
million.  In addition,  $1.1 million of the net cash used was attributable to an
increase in  formulary  accounts  receivable  relating  to  Stockton  (formulary
receivables normally have a 7-12 month collection cycle).

     Cash used for investment purposes was $4.9 million, $12.2 million and $11.6
million  for the fiscal  years  ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 and the nine months
ended March 31, 1998, respectively. Cash used for investment purposes during the
nine months  ended March 31, 1998 was  primarily  used to acquire  Stockton  for
$10.7 million and also to fund capital expenditures  (predominantly computer and
network hardware and software) in the amount of $646,000. The Company expects to
spend at least $2.0  million  per annum for the  foreseeable  future for capital
investment to support growth in transaction processing.

     Cash provided by financing activities was $657,000, $15.5 million and $15.0
million  for the fiscal  years  ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 and the nine months
ended March 31, 1998, respectively. Cash provided by financing activities during
the nine months  ended March 31, 1998 was  primarily  provided  from  borrowings
under the Credit Facility which was partially offset by principal  repayments of
debt and capital lease obligations. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, cash
was  provided by the  issuance of a Senior  Subordinated  Note in the  principal
amount of $25,000,000 and 370,993 shares of Common Stock for aggregate  proceeds
of $25.0  million,  which  proceeds  were  partially  offset by the repayment of
outstanding  borrowings  under the Credit  Facility and principal  repayments of
debt and capital lease obligations.
    

     Approximately $43.0 million of the proceeds of the Offering will be applied
to the  repayment of the  Company's  outstanding  indebtedness  under the Credit
Facility and the Senior  Subordinated  Note. In connection with the repayment of
outstanding  indebtedness under the Credit Facility and the Senior  Subordinated
Note,  the Company will record an  extraordinary  charge of  approximately  $1.7
million relating to the elimination of deferred  financing costs associated with
the Credit  Facility and the write-off of the  remaining  discount on the Senior
Subordinated  Note. The Company  expects to use the Amended  Credit  Facility to
finance the Company's future acquisitions and general working capital needs. The
Company also expects to finance  acquisitions through the issuance of additional
equity and debt  securities.  The  Company  believes  that the  proceeds  of the
Offering,  together with existing cash balances and cash generated by operations
in the near term,  and the borrowings  expected to be made  available  under the
Amended Credit Facility,  will be sufficient to finance the Company's operations
for at least 18 months.  However, future acquisitions may require funding beyond
the Company's  cash  resources and  currently  anticipated  capital or operating
requirements  could change,  with the result that the Company may be required to
raise  additional  funds  through  the  public  or  private  sale of  additional
securities.  See "Risk  Factors --  Acquisition  Strategy;  Need for  Additional
Capital."

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

   
     The Company has  reviewed the Year 2000  compliance  of its systems and has
adopted a program intended to ensure that it achieves compliance with respect to
all products, services and internal systems in a timely manner. Under such plan,
$1,020,000 has been budgeted  through  December 1999, of which $160,000 has been
spent  through  April 30,  1998.  Certain  of the  Company's  physician  benefit
management  clients are being  migrated from the Company's PBM system in Ohio to
its PBM system  acquired from  Stockton.  The total revenue from such clients is
expected to be $6,351,000 in fiscal 1999. A testing and migration  timetable for
all such clients has been  developed,  with migration  activities  scheduled for
completion in mid-1999. The Company believes that it does not require additional
technology to achieve     

                                       40



Year 2000 compliance and that it has sufficient resources to implement its plan.
The Company expects that the combined amount of budgeted  expenses for Year 2000
compliance  plus the ongoing product  development  and development  expenditures
will increase as a percent of revenue in future periods.  However,  there can be
no assurance that  expenditures  required to achieve  compliance  with Year 2000
requirements  will not  exceed  those  amounts.  See "Risk  Factors -- Year 2000
Compliance" and "Business -- Year 2000 Compliance."

IMPACT OF INFLATION

     Inflation  has  not  had a  material  impact  on the  Company's  historical
operations or financial condition.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     Recent  pronouncements of the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board, which
are not required to be adopted at this date,  include  SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting
Comprehensive   Income",  SFAS  No.  131,  "Disclosures  about  Segments  of  an
Enterprise and Related  Information" and SFAS No. 132,  "Employers'  Disclosures
about Pensions and Other Postretirement  Benefits." These pronouncements are not
expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

     In March 1998,  the  American  Institute of  Certified  Public  Accountants
issued  Statement  of  Position  98-1,  "Accounting  for the  Costs of  Computer
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use." This statement is not required
to be adopted at this date.  The Company is currently  evaluating  the impact of
this statement on its financial statements.

NET OPERATING LOSSES

     As of March 31, 1998, the Company had net operating loss  carryforwards for
federal   income  tax   purposes  of   approximately   $34,650,000.   Such  loss
carryforwards  expire in the fiscal years 2005 through 2013.  Because of certain
changes in ownership,  as defined in the Internal  Revenue Code,  which occurred
during 1996 and 1995,  certain of these net  operating  loss  carryforwards  are
subject to annual  limitations.  See Note 7 of "Notes to Consolidated  Financial
Statements."

                                       41

                                   BUSINESS

GENERAL

     MEDE AMERICA is a leading  provider of EDI products and services to a broad
range of providers and payors in the healthcare industry.  The Company offers an
integrated suite of EDI solutions that allows hospitals, pharmacies, physicians,
dentists and other  healthcare  providers and provider groups to  electronically
edit, process and transmit claims, eligibility and enrollment data, track claims
submissions   throughout   the  claims   payment   process  and  obtain   faster
reimbursement  for their services.  In addition to offering  greater  processing
speed, the Company's EDI products and services reduce processing costs, increase
collection  rates and result in more  accurate  data  interchange.  The  Company
maintains over 540 direct  connections  with insurance  companies,  Medicare and
Medicaid  agencies,  Blue Cross and Blue  Shield  systems  and other third party
payors, as well as over 500 indirect  connections with additional payors through
claims   clearinghouses.   Currently,   the  Company   processes   over  900,000
transactions  per day for over 65,000  providers  located in all 50 states.  The
Company's  mission  is to be  the  leading  provider  of  integrated  healthcare
transaction processing technology,  networks and databases, enabling its clients
to improve the quality and efficiency of their services.

     The  Company  was  formed  in March  1995  through  the  consolidation  and
subsequent  spin-off  of  three  subsidiaries  of CES,  in  connection  with the
acquisition by First Data  Corporation of CES' credit card processing  business.
The three subsidiaries,  MedE America, Inc., MPC, and Wellmark,  which comprised
the healthcare services business of CES,  historically  provided EDI services to
hospitals and  physicians.  Since its  formation,  the Company has expanded both
through  internal  growth and the  acquisition  of five  healthcare  transaction
processing businesses.  As part of its strategy of providing an integrated suite
of EDI  products  and  services to a broad range of  healthcare  providers,  the
Company  has focused on  acquisitions  that  provided  entry into new markets or
expanded the  Company's  product  suite.  The Company has  actively  pursued the
integration of its acquisitions and, in the process, has either divested, closed
or  restructured  various  operations  of the  acquired  entities  in  order  to
eliminate  non-core  or  redundant  operations  and  achieve  cost  savings  and
operating efficiencies.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     Innovations  over  the  past  decade  in  computer  and  telecommunications
technologies  have resulted in the development of EDI systems to  electronically
process  and  transmit   information  among  the  various  participants  in  the
healthcare  industry.   These  systems  were  designed  to  replace  paper-based
recording and transmission of information,  enabling greater  processing  speed,
reduced  processing  costs  and  more  accurate  data  interchange.   Electronic
processing   enables   providers  to  verify   patient   eligibility  or  obtain
authorization  for services at the time of  appointment,  registration or at the
time of claim submission.  The healthcare EDI processor then interfaces with the
payor  to  obtain  an  eligibility  or  authorization  confirmation,   which  is
transmitted  back to the  provider.  To obtain  payment,  providers  must submit
claims information in formats specified by the respective payors. Healthcare EDI
processors can facilitate this process by utilizing customized software programs
that can perform  "edits" to the data supplied by providers  and re-format  that
data to meet the  data  specifications  of  payors.  Electronically  transmitted
claims are sent either  directly from the provider to the payor,  or through the
healthcare  EDI  processor  (which  in turn  transmits  the  claims to the payor
directly  or through  one or more  intermediaries).  The claim is  received  and
reviewed by the payor and the remittance  response is communicated  (usually not
electronically)  back to the  provider.  Each of these  steps in the  healthcare
delivery process gives rise to a current or potential EDI transaction.

     According to Health Data Directory, in 1997 over 4.1 billion electronic and
paper claims were paid in all sectors of the  healthcare  services  market,  and
over the past five years healthcare  claims increased at an average rate of 5.5%
per year.  The Company  expects the volume of  healthcare  claims to continue to
grow as the U.S.  population  ages and life  expectancy  of the U.S.  population
increases.  The  increase in claims has been  accompanied  by an increase in the
proportion of claims that are electronically  processed.  From 1993 to 1997, the
proportion of total healthcare claims that were electronically processed

                                       42


increased from 41% to approximately  60% at an average rate of 16% per year. The
Company  expects the electronic  processing of healthcare  claims to continue to
increase as a result of increased reliance on electronic  commerce and increased
emphasis on cost containment in the healthcare industry.

     The penetration of electronic  processing  varies  significantly  among the
different  markets  within the  healthcare  industry.  According  to Health Data
Directory,  in 1997 electronic  processing  accounted for  approximately  13% of
total  dental  claims,  38% of  total  physician  medical  claims,  83% of total
hospital medical claims and 86% of total pharmacy  claims.  The Company believes
that there is significant  market  potential for EDI processing in the non-claim
area, including eligibility verification, remittance transactions and other data
exchange   transactions  such  as  claims  tracking,   referrals  and  physician
scripting.  The  Company  believes  that  EDI  penetration  in  these  non-claim
transaction  categories is low, and as a result,  the EDI transaction  growth in
these areas will exceed that of the EDI claims processing market.

     As compared to claims  processing,  the electronic  processing of non-claim
information  transactions  in  the  healthcare  industry,  such  as  eligibility
inquiries,  enrollment in Medicare and Medicaid programs,  referrals,  formulary
inquiries to pharmacy benefit managers and  prescription  delivery,  has emerged
only  recently and is less  pervasive.  The Company  believes  that only a small
percentage of non-claim information transactions are managed electronically.  In
addition to opportunities to expand its claims processing business,  the Company
believes  that  there  are  significant   possibilities  to  expand   electronic
processing  to  non-claim  areas in the  healthcare  market,  for the  following
reasons:

   o  As advanced technology continues to penetrate the healthcare industry,  an
      increasing amount of healthcare data will be managed  electronically.  For
      example,   healthcare  providers  are  implementing   practice  management
      software  systems to manage the  clinical,  financial  and  administrative
      aspects  of  their  businesses.   Increasingly,   these  software  systems
      incorporate EDI processing capabilities.

   o  Efforts by government and private insurers to contain healthcare costs are
      expected to motivate hospitals and physicians to use EDI not only to lower
      costs, but also to improve operating  efficiencies and increase  accuracy.
      For example,  state Medicaid programs and some private insurance companies
      now encourage  providers to verify patients' medical benefits  eligibility
      electronically.

   o  As the healthcare industry continues to undergo consolidation,  the larger
      scale of the  resulting  entities  may result in  increased  EDI use.  For
      example,  various  managed care companies have  encouraged  their provider
      networks  to  utilize  EDI for  authorizations,  enrollment  verification,
      encounter reports and referrals.

     Currently,  the EDI market is fragmented and consists of several nationally
prominent  EDI claims  processors  and  several  hundred  regional  EDI  service
providers who occupy  selected  niches in specialized  markets and  geographical
sectors. Over the past several years, many of the regional EDI service providers
have  been  acquired  by  national  organizations.  The  Company  believes  that
competitive  conditions in the healthcare  information industry will continue to
favor consolidation as larger, more diversified organizations are able to reduce
costs and offer an integrated package of standardized products and services.

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

     The Company believes that it has several  competitive  strengths which will
enable  it  to  capitalize  on  the  significant  growth  opportunities  in  the
healthcare EDI marketplace.

     COMPREHENSIVE SUITE OF EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.  The Company has followed
a strategy of  developing  or acquiring  EDI  products and services  that may be
provided  to a  broad  range  of  healthcare  clients.  The  Company's  products
incorporate open architecture  designs and "best of breed" technology and may be
purchased  as modular  additions  to the  client's  existing  data  storage  and
retrieval system, or as part of a comprehensive EDI processing system.  They are
designed to be compatible  with a broad variety of hospital,  medical,  pharmacy
and dental practice  management and billing systems.  In addition,  new products
can be added to respond to changing client requirements,  and the scalability of
the Com-

                                       43



pany's products permits the client to accommodate increasing transaction volumes
without requiring substantial new investments in software and hardware.  Because
of these product characteristics,  the Company believes it is well positioned to
take  advantage  of the  expected  growth of EDI in areas  such as  eligibility,
managed care transactions and pharmacy to physician scripting.

     BROAD AND  DIVERSIFIED  CLIENT BASE.  The Company  markets its products and
services to a broad range of healthcare  providers including the medical market,
comprised of hospitals,  clinics and physicians,  the dental market comprised of
small to medium-sized  dental practice groups,  and the pharmacy  market,  which
includes  retail  pharmacies  (independents  and  chains)  as well as  PBMs.  In
addition,  the Company has  relationships  through  practice  management  system
vendors  and  other   intermediaries.   The  Company's  client  base  is  highly
diversified,   consisting  of  approximately  42,000  pharmacies,  8,000  dental
offices, 1,000 hospitals and clinics and 14,000 physicians.  The Company's broad
and  diversified  client base provides it with  transaction-based  revenues that
tend to be recurring and  positions it to capitalize on the rapid  consolidation
taking place within the healthcare industry.

     DIRECT  RELATIONSHIPS  WITH PROVIDERS AND PAYORS. The Company has developed
over 540 direct  connections  with  healthcare  payors  including  Medicare  and
Medicaid agencies,  Blue Cross and Blue Shield systems and commercial  insurance
companies,  and the Company is able to access over 500 additional payors through
contractual relationships with multiple claims clearinghouses. Additionally, the
Company  has direct  client  relationships  with  providers  such as  hospitals,
clinics, physicians and pharmacies. The range of MEDE AMERICA's services and the
extent of its  connectivity  with payors  provides  the  opportunity  to achieve
deeper  penetration of its provider  base,  while at the same time offering more
complete  solutions to new clients.  MEDE AMERICA  believes  that it is strongly
positioned to offer reliable, one-stop shopping to both providers and payors for
all their EDI needs. 

     FOCUS ON CLIENT  SERVICE.  The Company has focused on  implementing  a wide
range of client service and support functions.  These support activities include
the use of automated client service tracking software, expanded client help desk
and  account  executive  support   functions,   and  extensive  client  feedback
mechanisms.  This focus has enhanced the Company's awareness of client needs and
improved the Company's  ability to respond to those needs.  As a result of these
activities,  of the clients that  contributed  to the Company's  revenues in the
1997 fiscal  year,  approximately  90%  continued  as clients of the Company and
contributed  to the Company's  revenues in the nine months ended March 31, 1998.
The  Company  believes  that  its  high  quality  client  service  enhances  the
satisfaction of its clients and generates new revenue  opportunities in the form
of expanded transaction volume and sales of new products and services.

     LEADING  TECHNOLOGY  AND  PRODUCT  PLATFORMS.  The Company  recognizes  the
critical role of technology and telecommunications  platforms to ensure reliable
and high  quality  service.  Over the past two years,  MEDE AMERICA has invested
significant  capital  in new  hardware  and  software  systems  resulting  in an
estimated three-fold increase in transaction  processing  capacity.  The Company
has  designed  its  products  on  a  modular  client/server  model,  using  open
architecture  and  commonly  available  hardware,   with  redundant   processing
capabilities.  The  Company's  redundancies  in its  computing  capacity and its
dual-site  operations  enable it to provide  uninterrupted  processing  and data
transmission  with  little  if any  downtime.  As a  result  of such  technology
investments, MEDE AMERICA believes it is able to provide high quality service to
its  clients  in the  form  of  high  network  availability,  batch  transaction
reliability  and high  rates of  payor  claims  acceptance.  MEDE  AMERICA  also
believes  that its  technology  platform,  which is operating  at  approximately
one-third  of  its  total  capacity,  provides  it  with  substantial  operating
leverage. 

     EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM. Each member of the Company's senior management
team  has  over  15  years  of  experience  in the  information  technology  and
transaction  processing  industries and has extensive background in working with
emerging companies in the information  processing industry. The Company believes
that the range and depth of its senior  management  team  position it to address
the evolving  requirements  of its clients and to manage the growth  required to
meet its strategic goals.

                                       44


GROWTH STRATEGY

     The  Company's  mission  is  to  be  the  leading  provider  of  integrated
healthcare transaction processing technology,  networks and databases,  enabling
its clients to improve the quality and efficiency of their services.  To achieve
this  objective,  the Company is  pursuing a growth  strategy  comprised  of the
following elements:

   o  PROVIDE COMPREHENSIVE SUITE OF EDI SOLUTIONS. The Company believes that it
      is critical to provide a full range of state of the art EDI  solutions  to
      clients at every stage of the healthcare transaction spectrum. The Company
      strives to develop fully modular products with open  architecture to allow
      for  easy  installation  and  integration  with  existing  systems.  These
      features enhance the ability of the Company to offer one-stop shopping for
      a client's EDI needs.

   o  FURTHER  PENETRATE  EXISTING  CLIENT BASE.  The Company  believes that the
      market  for EDI  transaction  processing  among its  current  clients  has
      significant  potential.  As EDI becomes more  widespread in the healthcare
      industry,   the  use  of  emerging  EDI  products  and  services  such  as
      eligibility,   enrollment,   electronic   credit  card   transactions  and
      electronic statement processing will become increasingly commonplace.  The
      Company  believes  that it is well  positioned to cross sell such emerging
      products and services to its existing client base.

   o  DEVELOP NEW EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.  The Company intends to develop new
      EDI solutions to meet the evolving electronic transaction processing needs
      of its existing and future healthcare  clients.  The Company believes that
      the use of EDI will expand to  encompass an  increasing  range of services
      such as referrals, remittances and workers' compensation transactions. The
      Company has a team of 97 research and  development  and technical  support
      professionals dedicated to developing,  supporting and commercializing new
      and enhanced EDI solutions.  In addition, the Company intends to undertake
      acquisitions in order to expand its suite of product offerings.

   o  UTILIZE  STRATEGIC  PARTNERSHIPS  TO EXPAND  CLIENT BASE.  MEDE  AMERICA's
      strategic  alliances  with vendors,  distributors  and dealers of practice
      management   software   have   played  an   important   role  in  building
      relationships  with small groups of physicians,  pharmacists and dentists.
      These companies  promote MEDE AMERICA's EDI products as a modular addition
      to their  practice  management  software.  The Company also has  strategic
      relationships with large hospital groups,  Medicaid  intermediaries,  PBMs
      and professional  organizations.  The Company believes that such strategic
      partnerships provide important  opportunities for increasing the Company's
      revenue base.

   o  PURSUE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS.  Currently, the EDI market includes several
      hundred  regional EDI service  providers  which occupy  selected niches in
      specialized  markets  and  geographical  areas.  The  Company  intends  to
      capitalize on the  fragmented  market for the provision of EDI services by
      aggressively pursuing consolidation opportunities in order to increase its
      client  and  revenue  base,  expand  its  product  suite,  enter  into new
      geographic markets,  utilize its operating leverage to increase efficiency
      and add new talent and  technical  capacity in  emerging  areas of the EDI
      processing industry.

SUITE OF EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

     MEDE  AMERICA's  products and  services  enable its  healthcare  clients to
process and transmit  transactions  more  efficiently and  accurately,  reducing
costs and  increasing  overall  processing  speed.  The  Company's  EDI products
incorporate open architecture  designs and "best of breed" technology and may be
purchased as modular additions to existing data storage and retrieval systems or
as part of a  comprehensive  EDI  processing  system.  They are  designed  to be
compatible  with a broad  variety  of  hospital,  medical,  pharmacy  and dental
practice management and billing systems. In addition,  new products can be added
to respond to changing  client  requirements.  The  scalability of the Company's
products  permits  its clients to  accommodate  increasing  transaction  volumes
without  substantial  new  investments  in software and hardware.  The following
table illustrates the breadth of the Company's product and service offerings:

                                       45


               MEDE AMERICA'S SUITE OF EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  NAME OF PRODUCT/SERVICE                   DESCRIPTION OF
    AND MARKETS SERVED                 PRODUCT/SERVICE FEATURES                              CLIENT BENEFITS
- -------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
                                                                     
HEALTHCARE CLAIM
 PROCESSING

MEDEClaim --                  o Downloads  claims data from client soft-             o Accelerates  cash flow through  faster 
 All  Markets                   ware  applications and  provides  claims               claim reimbursement.
                                data entry and correction capability. Ed-            o Increases cash flow through high level of
                                its, formats and screens transaction data              payor acceptance of edited claims.
                                to meet payor-specific requirements.                 o Improves accounts receivables manage-
                                                                                       ment.
                                                                                     o Reduces administrative expenses.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER CLAIM SERVICES

MEDE Assist --                o Bills,  on a batch  basis,  pharmacy  pre-           o Improves  accounts receivable manage-
  Pharmacy                      scriptions and performs non-electronic                 ment and accelerates cash flow.
                                reconciliation and payor accounts re-                o Reduces administrative expenses.
                                ceivable management.

Claims Tracking --            o Tracks and provides a lock box service               o Improves accounts receivable manage-
  Dental                        for payor reimbursements.                              ment and accelerates cash flow.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ELIGIBILITY VERIFICATION

MEDE Eligibility --           o Verifies patients' eligibility for specific          o Reduces costs by minimizing fraud.
  All Markets                   healthcare benefits for Medicaid and                 o Ensures patient services are supported
                                commercial payors.                                     by a designated health benefit plan.
                                                                                     o Reduces administrative expenses.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MEDICAID ENROLLMENT

Medicaid                      o Processes and tracks Medicaid enrollment             o Reduces expenses through on-line
  Enrollment Manage-            applications allowing for the verification             application process.
  ment System (MEMS)            and processing of Medicaid claims. Uti-              o Reduces application processing time.
  -- Medical                    lized by hospitals and government agen-              o Improves Medicaid claims billing and col-
                                cies in New York, New Jersey and                       lection.
                                California.                                          o Reduces bad debt.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION SWITCHING

MEDE Xchange --               o Routes real-time and batch transaction               o Reduces costs.
  All Markets                   data from clients to facilitate transaction          o Increases network availability and
                                transmission to payors.                                reliability.
                              o Supports a broad array of access methods             o Provides extensive payor connectivity.
                                including dial-up, dial to packet, ISDN and 
                                frame relay.
====================================================================================================================================


                                       46




- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 NAME OF PRODUCT/SERVICE                  DESCRIPTION OF
    AND MARKETS SERVED               PRODUCT/SERVICE FEATURES                                 CLIENT BENEFITS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
REAL-TIME BENEFIT
 MANAGEMENT

MEDE Select --              o Adjudicates on-line claims, incorporat-             o Accelerates cash flow through faster
  All Markets                 ing patient eligibility and benefit review.           claim reimbursement.
                                                                                  o Increases cash flow through high level of
                                                                                    payor acceptance of edited claims.
                                                                                  o Improves accounts receivables management.
                                                                                  o Reduces administrative expenses.

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHARMACY PRACTICE
 MANAGEMENT
 SYSTEMS (PPM)

Solution Plus --          o Facilitates dispensing, inventory and                o Expands drug pricing and coverage
  Pharmacy                  pricing of products for hospital, outpa-               capabilities.
                            tient and clinic pharmacies.                         o Improves cash flow.
                          o Provides on-line claims adjudication.                o Improves efficiency of pharmacy
                                                                                   management and operations.

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OTHER PRODUCTS AND
 SERVICES

Link --                   o Connects  physicians to pharmacies  for the          o Reduces costs related to manual genera-
   Medical and Pharmacy     transmission of prescriptions and related              tion and transmission of prescriptions.
                            information and approvals.                           o Increases accuracy and transmission speed
                                                                                   of prescriptions.

Formulary                 o Administers and manages formulary pro-               o Reduces drug costs and increases PBM
  Management --             grams for PBMs.                                        revenue through manufacturer incentives,
  Pharmacy                o Promotes the usage by healthcare plans of            o Promotes compliance with payor formu-
                            designated drug products.                              laries.

Patient Statements --     o Facilitates patient statement billing.               o Reduces costs and improves patient
  All Markets                                                                      relations.

Credit/Debit Card and     o Assists patients in making co-payments or            o Reduces bad debt and enhances patient
  Check Guarantee --        paying other out-of-pocket charges.                    convenience.
  All Markets

Additional EDI            o Processes data relating to referrals, en-            o Reduces practice expense and improves
  Transactions --           counters and benefit pre-certifications.               efficiency and patient relations.
  All Markets
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


CLIENTS

     The Company  markets  its  products  primarily  to  hospitals,  pharmacies,
physicians,   dentists  and  other  healthcare  providers  and  provider  groups
(including HMOs, PPOs and healthcare practice management  vendors).  The Company
processes  transactions  for  providers  in  all  50  states,  with  75%  of its
transactions generated by providers in 28 states. The Company believes it is one
of the  largest  pharmacy  transaction  routers  in the U.S.  (based on  volume)
serving more than 42,000 pharmacies in various EDI capacities.  MEDE AMERICA has
a strong  presence in the medical  market in New York,  New Jersey,  California,


                                       47


Florida,  Minnesota,  and Ohio,  currently  providing  EDI services to more than
1,000 hospitals and clinics,  and 14,000 physicians.  In the dental market, MEDE
AMERICA serves more than 8,000 dental  offices.  No single client of the Company
accounted for more than 3% of the Company's revenues in fiscal year 1997.

SALES, MARKETING AND CLIENT SERVICES

     The  Company  markets  its  products  through a  national  sales and client
services  organization  consisting of 75 sales associates organized according to
market, client type and product category. The Company also has a client services
organization  consisting  of 57  associates  dedicated  to help desk and  client
support  functions.  A  significant  component  of  compensation  for all  sales
personnel is performance based, although the Company bases quotas and bonuses on
a number of factors in addition to actual sales, such as client satisfaction and
collection of receivables. 

     MEDE AMERICA's marketing efforts include direct sales, telesales, strategic
partnerships   with  healthcare   vendors,   trade  shows,   direct   marketing,
telemarketing,  the Internet,  and specific  advertising and marketing campaigns
where  appropriate.  In the medical and pharmacy markets,  the Company's current
strategic  business  alliances include  relationships with some of the country's
largest hospitals,  hospital  networks,  hospital  information  systems vendors,
practice management software vendors,  pharmacy chains, healthcare organizations
and payors.  The Company also maintains  strategic  alliances with certain state
Medicaid programs.

     MEDE AMERICA's strategic  alliances with vendors,  distributors and dealers
of  practice  management  software  have  played an  important  role in building
relationships  with  individual and small groups of  physicians,  pharmacies and
dentists.  These  companies  promote  MEDE  AMERICA's  EDI  products  as modular
additions  to their  practice  management  software.  MEDE  AMERICA has also won
endorsements from 18 state dental associations,  representing nearly half of all
dentists in practice  today.  The Company's  sales  channels  include  targeting
dental practice  management  companies and payor-driven  programs aimed at their
network  providers.  Recent  significant  expansion  of  MEDE  AMERICA's  direct
connectivity to dental payors has contributed to its ability to generate revenue
from this market  while at the same time  eliminating  its  dependence  on other
processors and clearinghouses.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     As of June 30, 1998, the Company employed 65 people in the areas of product
design,  research  and  development,  and 32  people  in the  areas  of  quality
assurance and technical support.  The Company's product development  strategy is
focused on continuous  enhancement  of its existing  products to increase  their
functionality  and  ease  of  use,  and  the  development  of new  products  for
additional  EDI  transactions  and  telecommunications   offerings.   Particular
attention  is devoted to the  ongoing  integration  of  developed  and  acquired
systems and applications into a consolidated  suite of EDI product offerings and
supporting services for the markets served by the Company.

     In the Company's 1995, 1996 and 1997 fiscal years, research and development
expenditures  totaled  $2,051,000,  $2,132,000  and  $3,278,000,   respectively,
representing approximately 13%, 7% and 9%, respectively,  of the Company's total
revenues.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."

TECHNOLOGY AND OPERATIONS

     MEDE   AMERICA    recognizes   the   crucial   role   of   technology   and
telecommunications  in the EDI marketplace.  Since the beginning of fiscal 1996,
the  Company  has  acquired  new  hardware  and  software  and made data  center
improvements  costing  more  than $5.0  million.  As a result,  the  Company  is
currently operating at approximately  one-third of its operating  capacity.  The
continuing  use of newer  emerging  technologies  and platforms has  contributed
significantly to the Company's current  operational  position.  Examples of such
innovations  include the use of Internet  technologies  for data  transmissions,
on-line transaction monitoring tools and development of Windows-based  front-end
applications for clients.

                                       48


Advanced Open Architecture

     MEDE AMERICA's  products and applications  offer clients the benefits of an
"open  architecture"  EDI system.  As a result,  a client's system can expand or
change  without  incurring  significant  incremental  capital  expenditures  for
hardware or  software.  The open  architecture  of the  Company's  systems  also
improves reliability and connectivity, and facilitates the cross selling of MEDE
AMERICA's products, in part because of the following characteristics:

   o  SCALABILITY.  The Company's systems are designed to take full advantage of
      the client/server environment,  UNIX operating systems and Redundant Array
      of Inexpensive Disks ("RAID") technology, allowing clients to expand their
      processing   capacity  in  order  to  accommodate   the  growth  of  their
      businesses.

   o  MODULARITY.  The Company's  client/server systems have been developed with
      discrete functionality that can be replicated and utilized with additional
      hardware. This modularity enables MEDE AMERICA to optimize application and
      hardware performance.

   o  REDUNDANCY.  The implementation of a dual site,  geographically  dispersed
      On-Line  Transaction  Processing  ("OLTP")  switch  (Twinsburg,  Ohio  and
      Mitchel  Field,  New  York)  and  RAID  technology  for  batch  processing
      significantly  reduces  the risk of  business  interruption.  Each site is
      designed to be entirely self-supporting.

   o  OPEN SYSTEMS. Through the use of an open systems architecture MEDE AMERICA
      is able to add new functionality to applications  without re-designing its
      applications or architecture.

   o  INDUSTRY  STANDARDS.  Through  the  adoption  and active use of  pertinent
      standards for healthcare EDI  processing,  MEDE AMERICA can support client
      and payor processing requirements and provide standard interfaces to other
      EDI processing organizations.

   o  EASE OF USE. The Company's products are either  Windows-based or GUI-based
      and  function  in UNIX,  Novell  and  Windows NT  operating  environments,
      thereby enhancing ease of use by MEDE AMERICA's clients.

   o  TELECOMMUNICATIONS OFFERINGS. MEDE AMERICA is an early adopter of emerging
      telecommunications  systems  enabling  the  Company  to  migrate  to newer
      services,  such as ISDN,  dial to packet,  frame  relay,  virtual  private
      networks  and Internet  communications.  These new  offerings  provide the
      Company with a competitive  advantage  through  improved service levels or
      pricing. To ensure reliable  connectivity to its EDI clients,  the Company
      has established relationships with multiple telecommunications vendors.

COMPETITION

     Competition  in the market  for the  Company's  products  and  services  is
intense and is expected to increase.  The EDI market is characterized by rapidly
changing  technology,  evolving  user  needs and  frequent  introduction  of new
products.  Many of the  Company's  competitors  and potential  competitors  have
significantly greater financial,  technical, product development,  marketing and
other resources and market  recognition than the Company.  In addition,  many of
the  Company's  competitors  also  currently  have,  or may  develop or acquire,
substantial  installed client bases in the healthcare  industry.  As a result of
these factors, the Company's  competitors may be able to respond more quickly to
new or emerging  technologies,  changes in client  requirements  and  political,
economic or regulatory  changes in the healthcare  industry,  and may be able to
devote  greater  resources  to the  development,  promotion  and  sale of  their
products than the Company.

     The Company's  principal  competitors  include  National Data  Corporation,
Envoy   Corporation   and  SSI,  Inc.  in  claims   processing  and  eligibility
verification;  QuadraMed Corporation in claims processing; Medifax, Inc. and HDX
Healthcare  Data Exchange  Corporation  in eligibility  verification;  and Envoy
Corporation  in  the  dental  market.  MEDE  AMERICA  also  may  face  potential
competition from other companies not currently involved in healthcare electronic
data  transmission,  which may enter the market as EDI becomes more established.
The Company believes that existing and potential clients in the

                                       49


healthcare  EDI  market  evaluate  the  products  and  services of competing EDI
providers  on  the  basis of the compatibility of the provider's software, cost,
ease  of  installation,  the  range  of  applications  available, the quality of
service   and   the   degree   of  payor  connectivity.  See  "Risk  Factors  --
Competition."

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

     The  healthcare  industry  in the  United  States is  subject  to  changing
political,  economic and regulatory  influences  that may affect the procurement
practices and  operations of healthcare  organizations.  During the past several
years,  the  healthcare  industry  has been  subject  to  increasing  levels  of
governmental regulation of, among other things,  reimbursement rates and certain
capital  expenditures.  For example,  legislation  has been  proposed that would
mandate  standards and impose  restrictions on the Company's ability to transmit
healthcare data and recently,  Congress has had under consideration proposals to
reform the healthcare system. While some of these proposals,  if enacted,  could
increase the demand for EDI products and services in the healthcare  industry by
emphasizing cost  containment,  they might change the operating  environment for
the Company's clients in ways that cannot be predicted. Healthcare organizations
could react to these proposals by curtailing or deferring investments, including
those for the Company's products and services.

     The  confidentiality  of patient records and the circumstances  under which
such  records may be released  for  inclusion  in the  Company's  databases  are
subject to substantial  regulation.  State laws and regulations  govern both the
disclosure  and the use of  confidential  patient  medical  record  information.
Although  compliance with these laws and  regulations is at present  principally
the  responsibility  of the hospital,  physician or other  healthcare  provider,
regulations governing patient  confidentiality  rights are evolving rapidly. The
Health Insurance  Portability and Accountability  Act, passed in 1997,  mandates
the establishment of national standards for the confidentiality of patient data,
as well as record keeping,  data format and data security  obligations that will
apply to transaction processors,  among others. It is possible that standards so
developed  will  necessitate  changes to the  Company's  operations.  Additional
legislation  governing the dissemination of medical record  information has been
proposed at both the  federal and state  levels.  This  legislation  may require
holders of such  information  to implement  security  measures  that may require
substantial  expenditures by the Company. There can be no assurance that changes
to state or federal laws will not materially  restrict the ability of healthcare
providers  to submit  information  from  patient  records  using  the  Company's
products.   See  "Risk  Factors  --  Proposed  Healthcare  Data  Confidentiality
Legislation."

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     Many currently  installed  computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two digit entries in the date code field.  These date code fields
will need to accept four digit  entries to  distinguish  21st century dates from
20th century  dates.  As a result,  prior to January 1, 2000,  computer  systems
and/or  software  used by many  companies may need to be upgraded to comply with
such "Year 2000"  requirements.  Significant  uncertainty exists in the software
industry concerning the potential  consequences of the Year 2000 phenomenon.  To
date, the Company has expended  approximately  $160,000 in addressing  Year 2000
problems.  The Company  estimates that it will incur  approximately  $860,000 in
additional costs relating to its Year 2000 compliance  program;  however,  there
can be no  assurance  that such  amount  will be  sufficient  to cover all costs
relating to Year 2000  issues.  The Company  believes  that the  majority of all
transactions  being processed by it are running on Year 2000 compliant  systems.
However,  the Company  believes  that some systems with which its own  computers
interact (for example,  some payor and practice  management systems) are not yet
Year 2000 compliant,  and that the failure of these systems to be made Year 2000
compliant  in a  timely  manner  may  adversely  affect  some  of the  Company's
operations.  In addition,  certain systems  operated by MEDE AMERICA are not yet
Year 2000 compliant.  The applications  running on these systems are expected to
be  discontinued,  migrated  to other  systems or  corrected  before  2000.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations -- Year 2000 Compliance." However, there can be no assurance that the
Company's  systems will achieve Year 2000  compliance in a timely manner,  if at
all. See "Risk Factors -- Year 2000 Compliance." 

EMPLOYEES

     As of June 30,  1998,  the Company  employed 364 people,  including  112 in
operations,  75 in sales, 12 in marketing, 57 in client services, 65 in research
and development, 15 in finance, 18 in administration 

                                       50


and  ten in corporate. None of the Company's employees is represented by a union
or  other  collective  bargaining  group.  The Company believes its relationship
with its employees to be satisfactory.

FACILITIES

     The following chart  summarizes the Company's  facilities and their monthly
transaction capacities:



                                                                            ESTIMATED
                                                                             MONTHLY
                                                                           TRANSACTION        OWNED/LEASE
           FACILITY             PERSONNEL         TRANSACTION TYPE           CAPACITY       EXPIRATION DATE
- ------------------------------ ----------- ------------------------------ ------------- ----------------------
                                                                            
Ohio (Primary Medical and          152     Eligibility                      2,000,000   Owned
 Pharmacy Data Center)                     Real-Time Benefit Management     6,000,000
                                           Switching                       48,000,000
New York (Secondary Medical         33     Eligibility Enrollment           2,000,000   January 2003
 and Pharmacy Data Center)                                                     25,000
Georgia (Dental Data Center)        56     Dental Claims                    1,600,000   January 2001
Corporate Headquarters,            115     Real-Time Benefit Management     2,000,000   Various dates between
 Sales & Development                                                                    January 1999 and Feb-
 Offices (5 sites) and                                                                  ruary 2003.
 PBM Processing



INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     The Company considers its methodologies,  computer software and many of its
databases  to be  proprietary.  The  Company  relies on a  combination  of trade
secrets,  copyright and trademark  laws,  contractual  provisions  and technical
measures to protect its rights in various methodologies,  systems,  products and
databases.  The Company has no patents covering its software technology.  Due to
the nature of its  application  software,  the Company  believes that patent and
trade secret  protection  are less  significant  than the  Company's  ability to
further  develop,  enhance  and  modify  its  current  products.   However,  any
infringement  or  misappropriation  of the  Company's  proprietary  software and
databases  could  disadvantage  the Company in its efforts to retain and attract
new clients in a highly  competitive  market and could cause the Company to lose
revenues or incur substantial  litigation expense.  The Company seeks to protect
its  proprietary   information   through   nondisclosure   agreements  with  its
consultants,   clients  and  potential  clients,   and  limits  access  to,  and
distribution of, its proprietary information. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on
Intellectual Property; Risk of Infringement."

     Substantial litigation regarding intellectual property rights exists in the
software  industry,  and the  Company  expects  that  software  products  may be
increasingly  subject  to  third-party  infringement  claims  as the  number  of
competitors in the Company's  industry  segment grows and the  functionality  of
products  overlaps.  Although  the  Company  believes  that its  products do not
infringe on the  intellectual  rights of others,  there can be no assurance that
such a claim will not be asserted  against the Company in the future,  or that a
license or similar  agreement will be available on reasonable terms in the event
of an unfavorable  ruling on any such claim.  See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on
Intellectual Property; Risk of Infringement."

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     In June  1995,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all of the assets of
Latpon for a purchase price of $2,470,000,  plus the assumption of approximately
$963,000 of  liabilities.  On June 6, 1998,  Curtis J. Oakley  filed a complaint
with the  Supreme  Court of the  State of New York,  County of Nassau  asserting
multiple causes of action against several  persons,  including a cause of action
naming the  Company as a  defendant,  based on his  alleged  ownership  of a 22%
interest in Latpon.  According to the complaint,  Mr. Oakley's claim against the
Company  is for $2  million or such  other  amount as may be  equivalent  to the
present value of his alleged  ownership  interest in Latpon's  predecessor.  The
Company  believes  that it is fully  indemnified  by the former owners of Latpon
under the Latpon acquisition agreement against any costs or damages arising from
this claim.  By letter dated July 10, 1998,  one of the former  owners of Latpon
confirmed  that he would  indemnify the Company in accordance  with the terms of
the acquisition agreement.

                                       51




   
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

     On July  17,  1998,  the  Company  entered  into a  Transaction  Processing
Agreement  (the  "Processing  Agreement")  with  Medic  Computer  Systems,  Inc.
("Medic"),  a subsidiary  of Misys plc that  develops and licenses  software for
healthcare  providers,   principally  physicians,   MSOs  and  PPMs.  Under  the
Processing  Agreement,  the Company will undertake certain software  development
obligations,  and on July 1, 1999 it will be the exclusive processor (subject to
certain  exceptions) for Medic's  subscribers for medical  reimbursement  claims
submitted to payors with whom MedE has or  establishes  connectivity.  Under the
Processing  Agreement,  the Company  will be entitled to certain  revenues to be
paid by  payors as well as  certain  fees to be paid by  Medic.  The  Processing
Agreement  sets  forth  detailed   performance   criteria  and  development  and
implementation  timetables. The Processing Agreement is for a fixed term of five
years, with annual renewals thereafter.

     Contemporaneously,  to  ensure a close  working  relationship  between  the
parties,  on July 17,  1998 the Company  granted to Medic a warrant  (the "Medic
Warrant") to acquire  1,250,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock, at a per
share exercise price equal to the price of the Common Stock to the public in the
Offering. The Medic Warrant vests over a two year period and may be exercised up
to five years after  issuance.  The Medic Warrant  contains  customary  weighted
average  antidilution  provisions.  The Company and the  principal  stockholders
associated  with WCAS and WBCP have agreed that  following the completion of the
Offering and until the earlier of the termination of the Processing Agreement or
the  disposition  by Medic and its  affilates  of at least 25% of the  shares of
Common Stock  issuable  under the Medic  Warrant,  Medic shall have the right to
designate  one director to the Company's  Board of Directors.  As of the date of
this Prospectus, Medic has not named a designee.
    






                                       52


                                  MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:

   


               NAME                   AGE    POSITION
- ----------------------------------   -----   -----------------------------------------------------
                                       

Thomas E. McInerney(2) ...........    56     Chairman of the Board of Directors
Thomas P. Staudt .................    45     President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
Richard P. Bankosky ..............    55     Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
James T. Stinton .................    48     Chief Information Officer
William M. McManus ...............    43     Senior Vice President and General Manager -- Medical
                                             and Pharmacy
Roger L. Primeau .................    55     Senior Vice President and General Manager -- Dental
Anthony J. de Nicola(1) ..........    34     Director
Timothy M. Murray(1)(2) ..........    46     Director

    

- ----------
(1) Member of Audit Committee

(2) Member of Compensation Committee

     Set  forth  below is  information  about  each of the  Company's  executive
officers and directors.

     THOMAS E.  MCINERNEY  has been  Chairman of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company since March 1995 and a general partner of WCAS, an investment firm which
specializes  in the  acquisition  of companies in the  information  services and
healthcare  industries,  since  September  1986.  Prior  to  joining  WCAS,  Mr.
McInerney was President and Chief Executive  Officer of Dama  Telecommunications
Corporation,   a  voice  and  data  communications  services  company  which  he
co-founded  in 1982.  Mr.  McInerney  has also been  President of the  Brokerage
Services Division and later Group Vice President-Financial Services of ADP, with
responsibility  for the ADP divisions  that serve the  securities,  commodities,
bank,  thrift and electronic funds transfer  industries,  and has held positions
with the American Stock Exchange,  Citibank and American Airlines. Mr. McInerney
holds a B.A. degree from St. Johns University,  and attended New York University
Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration.  He  is  a  director  of  Aurora
Electronics, Inc., The BISYS Group, Inc. and several private companies.

     THOMAS  P. STAUDT has been a director and the President and Chief Executive
Officer  of  the  Company  since  March  1995.  He served as President and Chief
Operating  Officer  of  CES  from  May 1993, and as a director from August 1994,
until  the  sale  of  CES  to  First  Data  Corporation and the formation of the
Company  in  March  1995. At CES, Mr. Staudt was responsible for credit card and
healthcare  transaction  processing operations. Prior to joining CES, Mr. Staudt
was  President and Chief Operating Officer of Harbridge Merchant Services, Inc.,
which  he  joined in December 1991. Mr. Staudt has also held positions with A.C.
Nielsen,  a  subsidiary  of  Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, and Wells Fargo Bank.
Mr.  Staudt  holds  a B.S. degree from the U.S. Naval Academy and an M.B.A. from
San Francisco State University.

     RICHARD  P.  BANKOSKY  has  been  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer and
Secretary  of  the  Company since May 1996. He served as Chief Financial Officer
and  Treasurer  for TII Industries, Inc. from April 1995 to February 1996. Prior
to  joining TII, he was Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary for TSI
International  Software  Ltd from February 1989 to April 1995. Mr. Bankosky also
served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer and Secretary for V Band Systems Inc., was
founder  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of NCR Credit Corporation and served as
Director  of  Corporate Development at NCR Corporation. He holds a B.E.E. degree
in  Computers  and  Electrical Engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
and an M.B.A. from Adelphi University.

                                       53


     JAMES T. STINTON has been Chief  Information  Officer of the Company  since
October  1995.  He served as Release  Manager at Charles  Schwab & Company  from
April 1992 to  September  1995.  In that  position  he was  responsible  for the
development,  coordination,  testing and implementation for the Microsoft NT and
UNIX Client Server software.  Prior to joining Charles Schwab & Company,  he was
POS Systems  Architect and Vice President at Wells Fargo Bank from February 1982
to April 1992.  Mr. Stinton holds a degree from ONC Business  Studies,  Coventry
Technical College,  Coventry,  England, and a graduate certificate from Consumer
Banking Association,  Retail Banking Management, McIntire Business School of the
University of Virginia.

     WILLIAM M. MCMANUS has been Senior Vice  President  and General  Manager --
Pharmacy and Medical of the Company since May 1997 and Senior Vice President and
General  Manager --  Pharmacy  since  February  1996.  From  April 1994  through
February  1996  he  was  head  of  pharmacy   system  sales  for  National  Data
Corporation. In that position he had overall responsibility for sales, marketing
and product  management  programs.  Prior to April 1994, Mr. McManus held senior
level positions at OmniSYS,  Inc., Healthcare Computer  Corporation,  PDX, Inc.,
and the computer  division of Foxmeyer  Corporation.  Mr.  McManus  holds a B.S.
degree in Health and Physical  Education  from the  University of South Carolina
and completed  postgraduate  courses in education and pharmacy at the University
of South Carolina.

     ROGER  L.  PRIMEAU  has  been  Senior Vice President and General Manager --
Dental  of the Company since October 1996. From August 1989 through June 1996 he
was   Vice   President,   Administration  and  Customer  Relations  of  National
Electronic  Information Corporation ("NEIC"). Prior to joining NEIC, Mr. Primeau
worked  at Columbia Life Insurance Co. and Aetna Life & Casualty in a variety of
management  positions.  Mr.  Primeau  holds  a  B.S. degree in Biology from Holy
Cross College.

     ANTHONY  J.  DE  NICOLA has been a director of the Company since March 1995
and  has been a general partner of WCAS since April 1994. Prior to joining WCAS,
Mr.  de  Nicola  was  an  associate  at  William  Blair  &  Company,  L.L.C., an
investment   banking  firm  with  which  he  had  been  affiliated  since  1990.
Previously,  Mr.  de Nicola worked in the Mergers and Acquisitions Department of
Goldman  Sachs  &  Co.  and held positions at McKinsey & Company and IBM. Mr. de
Nicola  holds  a  B.A.  degree from DePauw University and an M.B.A. from Harvard
Business  School.  He  is  a  director  of  SEER  Technologies, Inc. and several
private companies.

     TIMOTHY  M.  MURRAY has been a director of the Company since March 1995 and
is  a  principal  of William Blair & Company, L.L.C., an investment banking firm
with  which  he  has  been  associated since 1979. He has also been the managing
partner  of William Blair Leveraged Capital Fund since its formation in 1988 and
is  a  Managing  Director  of  WBCP.  Mr.  Murray  holds a B.A. degree from Duke
University  and  an  M.B.A.  from the University of Chicago. He is a director of
Daisytek International Corporation and several private companies.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     The only  standing  committees of the Board of Directors of the Company are
the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee.  The Audit Committee reviews
the results  and scope of audits and other  services  provided by the  Company's
independent public accountants. Its members are Messrs. de Nicola and Murray. In
May 1998, the Board of Directors  constituted a Compensation  Committee composed
of  Messrs.   McInerney  and  Murray  which  will  be  responsible   for  making
recommendations  concerning  salaries and incentive  compensation  for executive
officers of the  Company.  Prior to May 1998,  the Board of  Directors  had sole
responsibility  for  establishing  executive  officer  compensation.  Thomas  E.
Staudt, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, participated in the
deliberations of the Board concerning executive compensation.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     Prior  to  the  Offering,   the  directors  of  the  Company   received  no
compensation  in respect of their service on the Board of  Directors.  Following
the  Offering,  under the "New Stock Plan" (as defined  in, and  described  more
fully under, "-- Employee Benefit Plans"),  each director who is not an employee
of

                                       54

   
the Company or any parent,  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of the Company and is not
(and is not  affiliated  with) a  beneficial  owner of 5% or more of the  voting
stock of the Company (a "non-employee director") will be paid an annual retainer
of  $7,500,  plus  $1,000  for each  Board of  Directors  or  committee  meeting
attended,  and will receive annually a non-qualified stock option to purchase up
to 1,000  shares of Common Stock at the fair market value of the Common Stock on
the date of grant.
    

     Directors are entitled to reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred
while attending meetings of the Board of Directors or committee meetings.

   
DESIGNATED DIRECTOR

     The Company and the principal  stockholders  associated  with WCAS and WBCP
have agreed that, following the completion of the Offering and until the earlier
of the  termination of the Processing  Agreement or the disposition by Medic and
its  affiliates of at least 25% of the shares of Common Stock issuable under the
Medic  Warrant,  Medic  shall have the right to  designate  one  director to the
Company's Board of Directors.  As of the date of this Prospectus,  Medic has not
named a designee. 
    

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain   information   concerning  the
compensation  paid by the Company to its Chief Executive Officer and each of the
four other most  highly  paid  executive  officers  of the  Company  (the "Named
Executive Officers") in the 1997 fiscal year:

                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


                                                                                             LONG-TERM
                                                                                            COMPENSATION
                                                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION                     AWARDS
                                        ------------------------------------------------- ---------------
                                                                                             SECURITIES
                                                                           OTHER ANNUAL      UNDERLYING       ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                 SALARY($)      BONUS($)(1)   COMPENSATION($)   OPTIONS(#)(2)   COMPENSATION($)
- -------------------------------------  ----------------- ------------- -----------------  --------------- ----------------
                                                                                           
Thomas P. Staudt ......................      180,000         50,000               --          220,414            --
 President and Chief Executive
 Officer
Richard P. Bankosky ...................      135,000         20,000               --           29,461            --
 Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
 and Secretary
William M. McManus ....................      122,072         20,000           68,558           27,279            --
 Senior Vice President and General
 Manager -- Pharmacy and Medical
Roger L. Primeau ......................       85,000 (3)     12,000               --           18,113            --
 Senior Vice President and General
 Manager -- Dental
James T. Stinton ......................      152,500         20,000               --           34,917            --
 Chief Information Officer ............

- ----------
(1) Bonuses are granted under a bonus formula annually  established by the Board
    of Directors, based upon the performance (measured by EBITDA) of the Company
    (or certain operating divisions thereof).  Unless a specified  percentage of
    the EBITDA target is achieved, no bonus is paid. EBITDA targets are adjusted
    to reflect accounting changes, acquisitions and other significant,  one-time
    events.

(2) Total number granted through June 30, 1997 (exercised and unexercised).

(3) Mr. Primeau's employment commenced in October 1996.

                                       55


OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

     The following  table sets forth  certain  information  regarding  grants of
options to purchase  Common Stock in fiscal 1997 to each of the Named  Executive
Officers:


                                                                                               POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                                VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                                                                 ANNUAL RATES OF
                                                                                                      STOCK
                                                                                               PRICE APPRECIATION
                                                     INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                         FOR OPTION TERM(1)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
                                    NUMBER OF          % OF TOTAL
                                   SECURITIES       OPTIONS GRANTED    EXERCISE
                               UNDERLYING OPTIONS   TO EMPLOYEES IN     PRICE      EXPIRATION
                                   GRANTED(#)        FISCAL YEAR(2)   ($/SHARE)       DATE       5%($)     10%($)
                              -------------------- ----------------- ----------- ------------- --------- ---------
                                                                                       
Thomas P. Staudt ............         2,182               4.27%          5.73       2/14/07      7,863     19,926
Richard P. Bankosky .........         2,182               4.27%          5.73       2/14/07      7,863     19,926
William M. McManus ..........         5,455              10.68%          5.73             (3)   19,657     49,816
Roger L. Primeau ............        18,112              35.47%             (4)           (5)   65,268    165,401
James T. Stinton ............         2,182               4.27%          5.73       2/14/07      7,863     19,926

- ----------
(1) Potential  realizable  value is based on the  assumption  that the price per
    share of  Common  Stock  appreciates  at the  assumed  annual  rate of stock
    appreciation  for the option  term.  The assumed 5% and 10% annual  rates of
    appreciation (compounded annually) over the term of the option are set forth
    in accordance with the rules and  regulations  adopted by the Securities and
    Exchange  Commission  and do not represent  the Company's  estimate of stock
    price appreciation.

(2) Based upon total grants of options to purchase  51,059 shares in fiscal year
    1997.

(3) Of  such  options,  2,182  expire February 14, 2007 and 3,273 expire June 9,
    2007.

(4) Of such options,  16,367 are at an exercise  price of $4.58 and 1,745 are at
    an exercise price of $5.73.

(5) Of such options,  16,367 expire September 16, 2006 and 1,745 expire February
    14, 2007.

AGGREGATED  OPTION  EXERCISES  IN  LAST  FISCAL  YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION
VALUES


                                NUMBER OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                    UNEXERCISED OPTIONS AT           IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                       JUNE 30, 1997(#)                  JUNE 30, 1997($)
                                -------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                 EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE     EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE
                                -------------   ---------------   -------------   --------------
                                                                      
Thomas P. Staudt ............      65,469           133,120          $300,000        $612,500
Richard P. Bankosky .........       5,455            24,005            25,000         112,500
William M. McManus ..........       7,637            19,641            38,750          92,500
Roger L. Primeau ............           0            18,112                 0          85,000
James T. Stinton ............       6,546            28,370            30,000         132,500


SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS

     The  Company  maintains  severance  agreements  with each of its  executive
officers  providing for salary  continuation  for a period of six months (twelve
months in the case of Mr.  Staudt) if the executive is terminated for any reason
other than malfeasance, misconduct or moral turpitude.

NON-COMPETITION, NON-SOLICITATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENTS

     Each  executive  officer and certain  other  employees  of the Company have
entered into a Non-Competition,  Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality  Agreement
with the  Company,  the terms of which are as  follows.  For a term of 12 months
following  the cessation of such  employee's  employment  with the Company,  the
employee will neither  compete with the Company in the United States nor solicit
any customer or employee of the  Company.  In  addition,  the employee  will not
disclose any trade secrets (as defined in the  agreement)  and, for a term of 12
months following the cessation of his or her employment by the Company, will not
disclose any confidential information (as defined in the agreement).


                                       56

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     Under the MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and its  Subsidiaries  Stock Option and
Restricted  Stock  Purchase  Plan (the "Stock  Plan"),  up to 655,000  shares of
Common Stock are  reserved  for  issuance to the  officers and  employees of the
Company. These shares may be issued either outright, as restricted stock awards,
or they may be issued pursuant to either "incentive stock options" under Section
422(b) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code"),  or
"non-qualified" stock options. As of June 30, 1998, options to purchase up to an
aggregate  483,041  shares of Common Stock were  outstanding,  of which  212,758
options were  exercisable.  The weighted  average exercise price for all options
granted under the Stock Plan is $4.84 per share.  Following  the  Offering,  the
Board of Directors has provided that no additional grants or awards will be made
under the Stock Plan.

     Under the MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and its Subsidiaries  1998 Stock Option
and Restricted  Stock Purchase Plan (the "New Stock Plan"), a variety of awards,
including  incentive stock options  intended to qualify under Section 422 of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  "non-qualified"  stock
options, restricted stock awards and other stock-based awards, may be granted to
officers, employees, directors,  consultants and advisors of the Company and its
subsidiaries.  An  aggregate,  1,500,000  shares of Common  Stock are  currently
reserved for  issuance  under the New Stock Plan.  The Board of  Directors  will
initially administer the New Stock Plan, but may delegate such responsibility to
a committee of the Board (the "Plan Administrator").

     The terms  and  conditions  of  individual  awards  made to  employees  and
consultants and, except as described below,  non-employee  directors,  may vary,
subject to the following  guidelines:  (i) the exercise price of options may not
be less than 85% of the fair  market  value of the  Common  Stock on the date of
grant provided,  however, that neither (a) the exercise price of incentive stock
options nor (b) the exercise price of  non-qualified  stock options  intended to
qualify as  "performance-based  compensation" within the meaning of the Code may
be less than 100% of the fair  market  value of the Common  Stock on the date of
grant (or,  in the case of  incentive  stock  options  granted to a  stockholder
owning in excess of 10% of the total  combined  voting  power of all  classes of
Company stock, 110% of the fair market value); (ii) the maximum number of shares
of Common Stock which may be the subject of awards granted to any employee under
the New Stock Plan during any calendar  year may not exceed  300,000;  (iii) the
term of incentive stock options may not exceed ten years from the date of grant;
and (iv) no awards may be granted after June 30, 2008.

     Except as described below with respect to non-employee directors,  the Plan
Administrator  determines,  within the guidelines set forth above, the amount of
each award,  the  conditions  and  limitations  applicable to the exercise of an
option,  the exercise price therefor and the form of payment that may be used to
exercise the award,  which may include cash,  check,  shares of Common Stock and
promissory notes.

     Each  non-employee  director  automatically  receives  non-qualified  stock
options to purchase up to 1,000  shares of Common  Stock upon his or her initial
election to the Board of Directors and upon each anniversary  thereof upon which
he or she is still  serving  as a  director.  The  exercise  price for each such
option  is the fair  market  value on the date of grant.  Non-employee  director
options vest six months  after grant and the exercise  period may not exceed ten
years,  provided  that,  subject to certain  exceptions in the event of death or
disability,  no non-employee director options may be exercised more than 90 days
after such director ceases to serve as a director.

     The Board of Directors may grant restricted and  unrestricted  share awards
entitling  recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock, subject to the right of
the Company to repurchase  all or a part of such shares at their  purchase price
from  the  recipient  in  the  event  that  conditions  specified  by  the  Plan
Administrator  are not satisfied  prior to the end of the applicable  restricted
period.  Shares  of  restricted  stock may not be sold,  assigned,  transferred,
pledged or otherwise  encumbered during the applicable  restricted  period.  The
Plan  Administrator  may, in its sole  discretion,  grant or sell (at a purchase
price per share equal to at least 85% of the fair market value) shares of Common
Stock  free of any  restrictions  under  the New Stock  Plan.  In the event of a
merger or sale of all or substantially all the assets of 

                                       57

the Company, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, take any one or more
of certain actions including  accelerating all unvested or unrealizable  awards,
terminating  all  unexercised  options and requiring  the  acquiring  company to
assume all outstanding awards.

     While the Company  currently  anticipates  that most  grants  under the New
Stock Plan will consist of stock options,  the Company may also grant restricted
stock awards, which entitle recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock subject
to certain  conditions.  Options or other awards that are granted  under the New
Stock Plan but expire  unexercised  are available for future grants.  Vesting of
options  under  the New Stock  Plan  would be  subject  to  acceleration  at the
discretion of the Board of Directors under certain circumstances.

   
     Under the  Company's  1998  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan (the  "Purchase
Plan"),  employees  of the Company,  including  directors of the Company who are
employees,  are eligible to participate  in semi-annual  plan offerings in which
payroll  deductions may be used to purchase shares of Common Stock. The purchase
price of such shares is the lower of 85% of the fair market  value of the Common
Stock on the day the offering  commences and 85% of the fair market value of the
Common  Stock on the date the offering  terminates.  The first  offering  period
under the Purchase Plan will not commence until the completion of the Offering.
    

     In fiscal  1998,  the Company has granted  options to purchase an aggregate
37,095  shares of Common  Stock to the Named  Executive  Officers,  as  follows:
12,001 shares for Mr. McManus,  8,729 shares for Mr. Staudt and 5,455 shares for
each of Messrs.  Bankosky,  Stinton and  Primeau.  Such options have an exercise
price of $5.73 per share of Common Stock.

     In addition,  on [July ], 1998, the Board the Directors determined to grant
options to purchase an  aggregate  400,000  shares of Common Stock under the New
Stock Plan to certain  employees of the Company  (including the Named  Executive
Officers)  contingent  upon  consummation of the Offering.  Such options,  which
include both incentive and  non-qualified  stock options,  will have an exercise
price equal to the price to the public in the Offering and  generally  will vest
ratably  over  four  years  from  the  date of grant  except  that  the  initial
installment of options to be granted to certain  executive  officers,  including
the Named Executive  Officers,  will vest immediately  upon  consummation of the
Offering.  The grants to be received by each of the Named Executive Officers are
as follows:  160,000  shares for Mr.  Staudt,  40,000 shares for each of Messrs.
Bankosky and McManus, 16,000 shares for Mr. Primeau and 30, 000 shares for Mr.
Stinton.

                                       58

                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     In June 1995, the Company acquired MEDE OHIO,  through a merger between the
Company  and the  parent of MEDE  OHIO  ("Parent").  Parent  was owned by Welsh,
Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V, L.P. ("WCAS V"), which had formed Parent to acquire
MEDE  OHIO in an all  cash  merger  that was  consummated  in  March  1995.  The
acquisition price of MEDE OHIO, including amounts required to finance the merger
and to provide MEDE OHIO with working capital and pre-merger  bridge  financing,
was approximately $22.6 million. The exchange ratio in the merger between Parent
and  the  Company  was  based  on the  acquisition  cost  of  MEDE  OHIO  and an
independent  valuation of the Company that was performed in connection  with the
spin-off of the  Company by CES.  In the merger and a related  offering to raise
working  capital for the  Company,  the Company  issued an  aggregate  1,772,354
shares of Common Stock and 171,889 shares of Preferred Stock to investment funds
and individuals  affiliated with WCAS, and an aggregate 866,504 shares of Common
Stock and 28,987 shares of Preferred Stock to investment  funds  affiliated with
WBCP.

     In October 1995, WCAS V and Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P. ("WCAS
VI"),  each  advanced  the Company  $1.75  million as bridge  financing  for the
Company's acquisition of EC&F and Premier. The loan bore interest at the rate of
10% per annum and matured on December 31, 1995.  The Company  repaid the loan in
December 1995.

     On  December  18,  1995,   the  Company   issued  to  its  four   principal
stockholders,  WCAS V, WCAS VI, William Blair Capital  Partners V, L.P.  ("Blair
V"), and William Blair  Leveraged  Capital  Fund,  Limited  Partnership  ("Blair
LCF"),  warrants to purchase an  aggregate  52,532  shares of Common Stock at an
exercise  price of $4.58  per  share  in  connection  with  their  agreement  to
guarantee the Company's obligations under the Credit Facility.

     On  January  10,  1997,  the  Company  increased  the  amount of  available
borrowings under the Credit Facility, and in connection therewith,  WCAS V, WCAS
VI, Blair V and Blair LCF, each agreed to guarantee  payment of a portion of the
additional debt to be incurred under the increased credit line. In consideration
for such  guarantees,  the Company  issued to WCAS V, WCAS VI, Blair V and Blair
LCF  warrants  to purchase  an  aggregate  18,330  shares of Common  Stock.  The
warrants  have a ten-year  term and the exercise  price  thereunder is $5.73 per
share.

     On  October  31,  1997,  the  Company  increased  the  amount of  available
borrowings under the Credit Facility, and in connection therewith,  WCAS V, WCAS
VI, Blair V and Blair LCF each agreed to  guarantee  payment of a portion of the
additional debt to be incurred under the increased credit line. In consideration
for such  guarantees,  the Company  issued to WCAS V, WCAS VI, Blair V and Blair
LCF  warrants  to purchase  an  aggregate  34,200  shares of Common  Stock.  The
warrants  have a ten year term and the exercise  price  thereunder  is $5.73 per
share.

     On February 14, 1997 the Company issued a 10% Senior  Subordinated Note due
February  14, 2002 in the  principal  amount of  $25,000,000,  plus an aggregate
370,993  shares of Common  Stock,  to WCAS Capital  Partners II, L.P.  ("WCAS CP
II"), for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000,000. WCAS CP II is an affiliate
of each of WCAS V and WCAS VI, and Thomas McInerney and Anthony de Nicola,  both
directors  of the Company,  are general  partners of the sole WCAS CP II general
partner. The Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds of the Offering to
repay in full the Credit Facility and the 10% Senior Subordinated Note. See "Use
of Proceeds." The Company does not anticipate  further borrowing from or seeking
further loan guarantees from any of the entities referred to above.

   
     In  connection  with the issuance  and sale of its 10% Senior  Subordinated
Note to WCAS CP II,  the  Company  granted  to  WCAS CP II  certain  demand  and
"piggyback"  registration  rights pursuant to a Registration  Rights  Agreement,
dated as of February 14, 1997 between the Company and WCAS CP II.

     On July 17, 1998 the Company  granted to Medic the Medic Warrant to acquire
1,250,000  shares of the Company's Common Stock a per share exercise price equal
to the  price of the  Common  Stock to the  public  in the  Offering.  The Medic
Warrant vests over a two year period and may be exercised up to five years after
issuance.  The Company and the principal  stockholders  associated with WCAS and
WBCP have agreed that,  following  the  completion of the Offering and until the
earlier of the termination of the     

                                       59



   
Processing  Agreement or the disposition by Medic and its affiliates of at least
25% of the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Medic Warrant,  Medic shall
have the right to designate one director to the Company's Board of Directors. As
of the date of this Prospectus, Medic has not named a designee.
    

     In connection  with the Offering,  the terms of the Preferred Stock will be
amended to provide for  conversion  of the  aggregate  liquidation  value of the
Preferred Stock including  accrued but unpaid dividends into Common Stock at the
price per share  received by the Company  upon the  consummation  of its initial
public offering;  provided further,  however,  that cash realized by the Company
upon any exercise of the Underwriters'  overallotment option would be applied to
the payment of accrued  dividends in lieu of having such dividends  convert into
Common Stock. In addition,  in connection with the Offering,  the holders of the
outstanding  Common Stock purchase warrants agreed to exercise all such warrants
by the net issuance  exercise  method for an aggregate  shares of Common  Stock.
WCAS V, WCAS VI,  Blair V and Blair LCF are the owners of an  aggregate  193,100
shares of Preferred  Stock, and warrants to purchase 52,532 and 52,533 shares of
Common Stock at exercise prices of $4.58 and $5.73 per share, respectively.

     Blair  V  and Blair LCF, and Timothy Murray, a director of the Company, are
each  affiliates  of  William  Blair  &  Company,  L.L.C., an underwriter of the
Offering. See "Underwriting."

   
                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding  beneficial
ownership of the Company's  Common Stock as of June 30, 1998, and as adjusted to
reflect the sale of Common Stock offered hereby, by (i) each person (or group of
affiliated  persons)  known by the  Company to own  beneficially  more than five
percent of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  (ii) each of the Company's
directors, (iii) each of the Named Executive Officers and (iv) all directors and
executive  officers of the  Company as a group.  The numbers of shares set forth
below (i) give effect to the  Recapitalization and the Reverse Stock Split, (ii)
assume an Offering price of $14.00 per share of Common Stock, and (iii) assume a
sale of  3,600,000  shares of Common  Stock in the  Offering.  Unless  otherwise
indicated,  the  address for each  stockholder  is c/o the  Company,  90 Merrick
Avenue, Suite 501, East Meadow, New York 11554. 


                                                     SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)
                                                --------------------------------------
                                                                PERCENTAGE OWNED(2)
                                                              ------------------------
                                                                BEFORE        AFTER
     NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER          NUMBER      OFFERING      OFFERING
- ---------------------------------------------   -----------   ----------   -----------
                                                                  
Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe (3) .........    5,754,393       72.10%        49.69%
 320 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
 New York, NY 10019

William Blair & Co., L.L.C. (4) .............      918,465       11.51%         7.93%
 222 West Adams Street
 Chicago, Illinois 60606

Mellon Bank, as Trustee (5) .................      617,852        7.74%         5.33%
 767 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor
 New York, NY 10153

Thomas P. Staudt (6) ........................      166,211        2.05%         1.42%
Richard P. Bankosky .........................       11,346           -             -
James T. Stinton (7) ........................       13,529           -             -
William M. McManus (8) ......................       16,147           -             -
Roger L. Primeau (9) ........................        6,982           -             -
Thomas E. McInerney (10) ....................    5,622,136       70.44%        48.55%
 320 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
 New York, NY 10019


    

                                       60

   


                                                                          
Anthony J. de Nicola (11) .........................   5,598,277      70.14%     48.34%
320 Park Avenue, 25th Floor

New York, NY 10019                                    
Timothy M. Murray (12) ............................     915,319      11.47%      7.90%
222 West Adams Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606                                 

All current directors and executive officers as a     6,762,026      83.15%     57.63%
group (10 persons).................................

    

- ----------
  -  Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the Common Stock.

 (1) Gives effect to the  Recapitalization  and the Reverse Stock Split.  Unless
     otherwise indicated,  the entities and individuals identified in this table
     have sole voting and  investment  power with respect to all shares shown as
     beneficially  owned by them,  subject to  community  property  laws,  where
     applicable.

 (2) The  percentages  shown are  based on  7,981,204  shares  of  Common  Stock
     outstanding  on June 30,  1998,  plus,  as to each  entity or group  listed
     unless  otherwise  noted, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be
     owned by such holder  pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the  Exchange  Act as of
     such date,  assuming  exercise  of  options  held by such  holder  that are
     exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.

 (3) Includes  2,571,773 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS V, 2,587,939 shares
     of Common Stock held by WCAS VI, 62,233 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS
     Information  Partners L.P. ("WCAS  Info."),  370,993 shares of Common Stock
     held by WCAS CP II, and 161,455  shares of Common Stock held by  individual
     partners of WCAS.  Such  partners  are also  partners  of the sole  general
     partner  of each of the  foregoing  limited  partnerships.  The  respective
     general  partners of WCAS V, WCAS VI, WCAS Info.  and WCAS CP II are WCAS V
     Partners,  L.P., WCAS VI Partners,  L.P., WCAS INFO Partners and WCAS CP II
     Partners.  The individual  partners of each of these  partnerships  include
     some or all of Patrick J.  Welsh,  Russell L.  Carson,  Bruce K.  Anderson,
     Richard H. Stowe, Thomas E. McInerney, Andrew M. Paul, Robert A. Minicucci,
     Anthony J. de Nicola,  Paul B. Queally and Laura M. VanBuren.  The partners
     of WCAS who are also  directors of the Company are Thomas E. McInerney (who
     is also Chairman of the Board of Directors) and Anthony J. de Nicola.  Each
     of the foregoing  persons may be deemed to be the  beneficial  owner of the
     Common Stock owned by WCAS.

 (4) Includes  601,489 shares of Common Stock held by Blair V, 313,830 shares of
     Common  Stock held by Blair LCF and 3,146 shares of Common Stock held by an
     individual  affiliated with WBCP.  Timothy M. Murray, a partner of WBCP, is
     also a director of the Company and may be deemed to be a  beneficial  owner
     of the Company's Common Stock owned by WBCP.

 (5) Includes  308,926 shares of Common Stock held by Mellon Bank as Trustee for
     the General Motors Salaried  Employees  Pension Trust and 308,926 shares of
     Common Stock held by Mellon Bank as Trustee for the General  Motors  Hourly
     Rate Employees Pension Fund.

 (6) Includes options to purchase up to 109,551 shares of Common Stock.

 (7) Includes options to purchase up to 13,529 shares of Common Stock.

 (8) Includes options to purchase up to 16,147 shares of Common Stock.

 (9) Includes options to purchase up to 6,982 shares of Common Stock.

(10) Includes  2,571,773 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS V, 2,587,939 shares
     of Common Stock held by WCAS VI, 62,233 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS
     Info. and 370,993 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS CP II. Mr.  McInerney
     disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

(11) Includes  2,571,773 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS V, 2,587,939 shares
     of Common Stock held by WCAS VI, 62,233 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS
     Info.  and 370,993 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS CP II. Mr. de Nicola
     disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

(12) Includes  601,489 shares of Common Stock held by Blair V and 313,830 shares
     of  Common  Stock  held by  Blair  LCF.  Mr.  Murray  disclaims  beneficial
     ownership of such shares.

                                       61


                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
   

     The Company's  authorized  capital stock  consists of 30,000,000  shares of
Common Stock, and 5,000,000  shares of Preferred Stock.  Upon completion of this
Offering,  and after giving effect to the Recapitalization and the Reverse Stock
Split, there will be 11,581,204 shares of Common Stock (12,107,304 shares if the
Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is  exercised)  and no shares of Preferred
Stock   outstanding.   As  of  June  30,  1998,  before  giving  effect  to  the
Recapitalization  and the Reverse  Stock Split there were  26,049,938  shares of
Common Stock outstanding and 239,956 shares of Preferred Stock outstanding, held
of record by 127 stockholders.  In addition,  as of June 30, 1998, before giving
effect  to  the   Recapitalization  and  the  Reverse  Stock  Split  there  were
outstanding options to purchase 2,213,600 shares of Common Stock and warrants to
purchase 481,440 shares of Common Stock. Pursuant to the  Recapitalization,  all
such  warrants  will be exercised  (for an aggregate  66,375 post Reverse  Stock
Split  shares),  and all shares of  Preferred  Stock will be  converted  into an
aggregate  2,229,982 shares of Common Stock (based on the aggregate  liquidation
preference  of the Preferred  Stock as of June 30, 1998,  after giving effect to
the  Reverse  Stock  Split  and  assuming  no  exercise  of  the   Underwriters'
over-allotment  option) prior to the  consummation of the Offering.  On July 17,
1998, the Company issued to Medic a warrant to purchase  1,250,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock. See "Prospectus Summary -- Recent Developments."
    

COMMON STOCK

     The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of
record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Subject to the rights
and preferences of the holders of any outstanding  Preferred  Stock, the holders
of Common Stock are entitled to receive  ratably such  dividends as are declared
by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.  In the event
of a liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the Company,  holders of Common
Stock have the right to a ratable portion of assets  remaining after the payment
of all debts and other  liabilities,  subject to the liquidation  preferences of
the holders of any  outstanding  Preferred  Stock.  Holders of Common Stock have
neither  preemptive  rights nor rights to convert  their  Common  Stock into any
other  securities  and are not  subject to future  calls or  assessments  by the
Company.  There are no redemption or sinking fund  provisions  applicable to the
Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares offered
hereby  upon  issuance  and sale will be,  fully  paid and  non-assessable.  The
rights,  preferences  and  privileges of the holders of Common Stock are subject
to, and may be  adversely  affected  by, the rights of the  holders of shares of
Preferred Stock that the Company may designate and issue in the future.

PREFERRED STOCK

     Upon  the  closing  of  this  Offering  and  assuming  no  exercise  of the
Underwriters'  over-allotment  option,  all of  the  outstanding  shares  of the
Preferred  Stock  together  with  accrued but unpaid  dividends  thereon will be
automatically  converted at the public  offering price into 2,229,982  shares of
Common Stock.

     The Board of  Directors  is  authorized,  subject  to  certain  limitations
prescribed by Delaware law, without further action by the stockholders, to issue
up to 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, in one or more series
and to  fix  the  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and  restrictions  thereof,
including  dividend  rights,   conversion  rights,   voting  rights,   terms  of
redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares
constituting any series or the designation of such series.  The Company believes
that the power to issue Preferred  Stock will provide  flexibility in connection
with possible corporate transactions.  The issuance of Preferred Stock, however,
could adversely  affect the voting power of holders of Common Stock and restrict
their rights to receive payments upon liquidation. It could also have the effect
of  delaying,  deferring or  preventing a change in control of the Company.  The
Company has no present plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock.

WARRANTS

     As of June 30, 1998,  there were  outstanding  warrants to purchase  66,375
shares of Common Stock (on a "net exercise" basis) held by four investors. These
warrants will be exercised in full upon the closing of this Offering.

                                       62



   
     On July 17, 1998 the Company  granted to Medic the Medic Warrant to acquire
1,250,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock,  at a per share exercise price
equal to the price of the Common Stock to the public in the Offering.  The Medic
Warrant vests over a two year period and may be exercised up to five years after
issuance.
    

DELAWARE LAWS AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS; ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES

     Upon the  consummation  of this Offering  made hereby,  the Company will be
subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, an  anti-takeover  law. In
general,  Section  203  prohibits  a  publicly-held  Delaware  corporation  from
engaging in a "business  combination"  with an  "interested  stockholder"  for a
period of three  years  after the date of the  transaction  in which the  person
became an interested  stockholder,  unless the business  combination  is, or the
transaction in which the person became an interested  stockholder was,  approved
in a prescribed manner or another prescribed  exception applies. For purposes of
Section 203, a "business  combination"  is defined  broadly to include a merger,
asset  sale  or  other  transaction  resulting  in a  financial  benefit  to the
interested  stockholder,  and  subject to  certain  exceptions,  an  "interested
stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates,  owns (or
within  three  years  prior,  did own) 15% or more of the  corporation's  voting
stock.

     All directors  elected to the Company's  Board of Directors serve until the
next annual meeting of the  stockholders  and the election and  qualification of
their  successors or their earlier death,  resignation or removal.  The Board of
Directors is authorized to create new  directorships  and to fill such positions
so created.  The Board of Directors (or its remaining members,  even though less
than a quorum) is also  empowered  to fill  vacancies  on the Board of Directors
occurring  for  any  reason  for  the  remainder  of  the  term  of  the  vacant
directorship.

   
     The  Company's  Bylaws  provide  that,  for  nominations  to the  Board  of
Directors or for other business to be properly  brought by a stockholder  before
an annual meeting of stockholders,  the stockholder must first have given timely
notice  thereof in writing to the  Secretary  of the  Company.  To be timely,  a
stockholder's  notice generally must be delivered not less than 90 days nor more
than 120 days  prior to the  anniversary  of the  immediately  preceding  annual
meeting. The notice by a stockholder must contain,  among other things,  certain
information about the stockholder delivering the notice and a description of the
proposed business to be brought before the meeting.
    

     Certain of the  provisions  of the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation and Bylaws discussed above could make more difficult or discourage
a proxy  contest  or  other  change  in the  management  of the  Company  or the
acquisition  or attempted  acquisition  of control by a holder of a  substantial
block of the Company's  stock. It is possible that such provisions could make it
more difficult to accomplish,  or could deter,  transactions  which stockholders
may otherwise consider to be in their best interests.

     As  permitted  by  the  DGCL,  the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation  provides  that  Directors of the Company  shall not be personally
liable to the Company or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages for breach of
their fiduciary duties as Directors,  except for liability (i) for any breach of
their duty of  loyalty to the  Company  and its  stockholders,  (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation  of law,  (iii) for unlawful  payments of dividends or unlawful  stock
repurchases or redemptions,  as provided in Section 174 or successor  provisions
of the DGCL or (iv) for any  transaction  from  which the  Director  derives  an
improper personal benefit.

     The Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws provide
that the Company  shall  indemnify  its  Directors  and  officers to the fullest
extent permitted by Delaware law (except in some circumstances,  with respect to
suits  initiated  by the  Director  or  officer)  and  advance  expenses to such
Directors or officers to defend any action for which  rights of  indemnification
are provided. In addition, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws also permit the  Company to grant such  rights to its  employees  and
agents. The Bylaws also provide that the Company may enter into  indemnification
agreements  with its Directors and officers and purchase  insurance on behalf of
any person whom it is required or permitted to indemnify.  The Company  believes
that these  provisions  will  assist the  Company in  attracting  and  retaining
qualified individuals to serve as Directors, officers and employees.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The  transfer  agent and  registrar  for the  Common  Stock is  ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services.


                                       63

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Prior to this Offering there has been no market for the Common Stock of the
Company. The Company can make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales
of shares or the  availability  of shares for sale will have on the market price
prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless,  sales of significant amounts of the
Common Stock in the public market,  or the perception that such sales may occur,
could adversely  affect  prevailing  market prices.  See "Risk Factors -- Shares
Eligible for Future Sale."

   
     Upon  completion of this Offering,  the Company  expects to have 11,581,204
shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  (excluding  483,041  shares  reserved  for
issuance upon the exercise of  outstanding  stock  options and 1,250,000  shares
reserved for issuance upon the exercise of the Medic Warrant) (12,121,204 shares
of  Common  Stock  outstanding  if the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is
exercised in full). Of these shares, the 3,600,000 shares offered hereby will be
freely  tradable  without   restrictions  or  further   registration  under  the
Securities Act, except for any shares  purchased by "affiliates" of the Company,
as that term is  defined  in Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act,  which will be
subject to the resale limitations imposed by Rule 144, as described below.
    

     All of the remaining  7,981,204 shares of Common Stock  outstanding will be
"restricted  securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 and may not be resold in
the absence of registration  under the Securities Act, or pursuant to exemptions
from such registration  including,  among others, the exemption provided by Rule
144 under the Securities Act. Of the restricted  securities,  590,768 shares are
eligible for sale in the public market  immediately after this Offering pursuant
to Rule  144(k)  under  the  Securities  Act.  A total of  7,343,585  additional
restricted  securities  will be  eligible  for  sale  in the  public  market  in
accordance with Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act beginning 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus. Taking into consideration the effect of the lock-up
agreements  described  below  and  the  provisions  of  Rules  144  and  144(k),
__________  restricted  shares  will be eligible  for sale in the public  market
immediately  after this  Offering,  restricted  shares  (excluding  ______shares
issuable upon the exercise of  outstanding  stock  options) will be eligible for
sale  beginning  90 days after the date of this  Prospectus,  and the  remaining
restricted  shares will be eligible for sale upon the  expiration of the lock-up
agreements 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, subject to the provisions
of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect,  beginning 90 days after
the date of this  Prospectus,  a person (or persons whose shares are required to
be aggregated)  whose  restricted  securities have been outstanding for at least
one year,  including a person who may be deemed an  "affiliate"  of the Company,
may only sell a number of shares  within any  three-month  period which does not
exceed the  greater of (i) one  percent  of the then  outstanding  shares of the
Company's  Common Stock  (approximately  115,673  shares after this Offering) or
(ii) the average weekly trading volume in the Company's Common Stock in the four
calendar weeks  immediately  preceding such sale.  Sales under Rule 144 are also
subject  to  certain  requirements  as to the  manner  of sale,  notice  and the
availability of current public  information  about the Company.  A person who is
not an  affiliate of the issuer,  has not been an affiliate  within three months
prior to the sale and has owned the restricted securities for at least two years
is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k)  without  regard to any of the
limitations described above.

   
     In  addition,  the Company has granted  demand and  piggyback  registration
rights to WCAS CP II with respect to 370,993 shares of Common Stock and to Medic
with respect to 1,250,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable upon the exercise of
the Medic  Warrant.  All or part of such shares may be sold in the public market
following  the  exercise  of such  rights  subject to the  lock-up  arrangements
described  below  with  respect  to  WCAS  CP II and  to  vesting  and  exercise
requirements with respect to the Medic Warrant.
    

     All officers,  directors and certain  holders of Common Stock  beneficially
owning, in the aggregate,  shares of Common Stock and options to purchase shares
of Common Stock, have agreed, pursuant to certain lock-up agreements,  that they
will not sell,  offer to sell,  solicit an offer to purchase,  contract to sell,
grant any option to sell,  pledge, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly
or  indirectly,  any  shares of Common  Stock  owned by them,  or that  could be
purchased by them  through the  exercise of options to purchase  Common Stock of
the Company, for a period of 180 days after the date of this 

                                       64



Prospectus  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  Smith  Barney  Inc.  Upon
expiration  of the  lock-up  agreements,  all shares of Common  Stock  currently
outstanding will be immediately eligible for resale, subject to the requirements
of Rule 144.  The Company is unable to predict the effect that sales may have on
the then  prevailing  market  price of the  Common  Stock.  See  "Management  --
Employee Benefit Plans" and "Description of Capital Stock."



















                                       65


                                 UNDERWRITING

     Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Underwriting
Agreement  dated the date hereof,  each  Underwriter  named below has  severally
agreed to  purchase,  and the  Company  has agreed to sell to such  Underwriter,
shares of Common  Stock which equal the number of shares set forth  opposite the
name of such Underwriter below.



UNDERWRITER                                      NUMBER OF SHARES
- -----------                                      ----------------
                                             
Smith Barney Inc. ..........................
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. ............
Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC ..........






                                                     ------------
      Total ...................................
                                                     ============



     The  Underwriters  are  obligated  to take and pay for all shares of Common
Stock  offered  hereby (other than those  covered by the  over-allotment  option
described below) if any such shares are taken.

     The  Underwriters,  for whom Smith  Barney Inc.,  William  Blair & Company,
L.L.C. and Volpe Brown Whelan & Company,  LLC are acting as representatives (the
"Representatives"),  propose  initially  to offer  part of the  shares of Common
Stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover
page hereof and part to certain  dealers at a price that represents a concession
not in excess of $ per share under the public offering price.  The  Underwriters
may allow,  and such  dealers may reallow,  a concession  not in excess of $ per
share to other  Underwriters  or to certain  other  dealers.  After the  initial
public  offering,  the public offering price and such concessions may be changed
by the  Underwriters.  The  Representatives  have  informed the Company that the
Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to accounts over which they exercise
discretionary authority.

     The Company has granted to the  Underwriters an option,  exercisable for 30
days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 540,000
additional  shares of Common Stock at the public offering price set forth on the
cover page hereof less underwriting discounts and commissions.  The Underwriters
may exercise such option to purchase additional shares solely for the purpose of
covering  over-allotments,  if any,  incurred in connection with the sale of the
shares offered hereby. To the extent such option is exercised,  each Underwriter
will become obligated,  subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately
the same  percentage of such  additional  shares as the number set forth next to
such  Underwriter's  name in the  preceding  table bears to the total  number of
shares in such table.

     The  Company  and the  Underwriters  have  agreed to  indemnify  each other
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

     The Company and its  executive  officers and  directors  and certain  other
holders  of Common  Stock and  securities  convertible  into or  exercisable  or
exchangeable  for Common  Stock have  agreed that for a period of 180 days after
the date of this Prospectus they will not,  without the prior written consent of
Smith Barney Inc., sell, offer to sell,  solicit an offer to purchase,  contract
to sell, grant any option to sell,

                                       66


pledge  or  otherwise dispose of Common Stock or any securities convertible into
or  exercisable  or  exchangeable  for  Common  Stock  except in certain limited
circumstances. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

     In connection  with this Offering and in accordance with applicable law and
industry practice,  the Underwriters may over-allot or effect transactions which
stabilize,  maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Stock at
levels above those which might otherwise  prevail in the open market,  including
by entering  stabilizing  bids,  effecting  syndicate  covering  transactions or
imposing  penalty bids. A  stabilizing  bid means the placing of any bid, or the
effecting of any purchase, for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the
price of a security.  A syndicate covering  transaction means the placing of any
bid on behalf of the underwriting  syndicate or the effecting of any purchase to
reduce a short position  created in connection with the offering.  A penalty bid
means an arrangement that permits Smith Barney Inc., as managing underwriter, to
reclaim a selling  concession  from a syndicate  member in  connection  with the
Offering when shares of Common Stock originally sold by the syndicate member are
purchased in syndicate covering transactions.  Such transactions may be effected
on the Nasdaq National Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. The
Underwriters  are not  required to engage in any of these  activities.  Any such
activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

     Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  market  for the  Common
Stock. Consequently,  the initial public offering price for the Common Stock has
been  determined by  negotiations  between the Company and the  Representatives.
Among the factors  considered in determining  the initial public  offering price
were the history of, and the  prospects  for,  the  Company's  business  and the
industry in which it competes,  an assessment of the Company's  management,  its
past and present  operations,  the past and present results of operations of the
Company and the trend of such results of operations,  the prospects for earnings
of the Company,  the present  state of the  Company's  development,  the general
condition of the  securities  market at the time of this Offering and the market
prices  of  similar  securities  of  comparable  companies  at the  time of this
Offering.

     William  Blair  &  Company,  L.L.C.,  one  of  the  Representatives  of the
Underwriters,  is  affiliated  with Blair V and Blair LCF, two of the  Company's
principal  stockholders  and, by virtue of such  affiliation,  is,  prior to the
Offering,  an  "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 2720 of the
Conduct  Rules  of  the  National   Association  of  Securities  Dealers,   Inc.
Accordingly,  the Offering is being made in conformity  with certain  applicable
provisions of Rule 2720. Smith Barney Inc., another  Underwriter of the Offering
(the  "Independent   Underwriter"),   will  act  as  a  "qualified   independent
underwriter,"  as defined in Rule 2720,  in connection  with the  Offering.  The
Independent Underwriter,  in its role as qualified independent underwriter,  has
performed  due diligence  investigations  and reviewed and  participated  in the
preparation  of this  Prospectus  and the  Registration  Statement of which this
Prospectus  forms a part.  The  Independent  Underwriter  will not  receive  any
additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in connection
with the  Offering.  The price of shares of Common Stock sold to the public will
be no higher than that recommended by the Independent Underwriter.

     Timothy M.  Murray,  a director of the Company,  is a managing  director of
WBCP and a principal of William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol and for the Underwriters
by Dewey Ballantine LLP, New York, New York.

                                    EXPERTS

     The  consolidated  financial  statements of the Company as of June 30, 1996
and 1997 and March 31, 1998, and for each of the three years in the period ended
June 30, 1997,  and for the nine months  ended March 31, 1998,  included in this
Prospectus, and the related financial statement schedule included else-

                                       67



where in this  Registration  Statement,  have been  audited by Deloitte & Touche
LLP,  independent  auditors,  as stated in their  reports  appearing  herein and
elsewhere in the Registration  Statement,  and have been so included in reliance
upon such  report  given upon their  authority  as  experts  in  accounting  and
auditing.

     The  statement of  operations  of Stockton for the year ended June 30, 1997
included  in this  Prospectus  has  been  audited  by  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,
independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein and has been so
included in reliance  upon such report given upon their  authority as experts in
accounting and auditing.

                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission"),  Washington,  D.C.  20549, a Registration  Statement on Form S-1,
including   amendments  thereto  (the  "Registration   Statement"),   under  the
Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered  hereby.  This
Prospectus,  which  constitutes  part of the  Registration  Statement,  does not
contain all of the information set forth in the  Registration  Statement and the
exhibits and  schedules  filed  therewith,  certain  portions of which have been
omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further
information  with  respect to the Company and the Common Stock  offered  hereby,
reference is hereby made to such Registration  Statement and to the exhibits and
schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this Prospectus regarding the
contents of any  contract  or other  document  referred  to are not  necessarily
complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or
other  document  filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement,  each such
statement  being deemed to be qualified in its entirety by such  reference.  The
Registration  Statement,  including all exhibits and schedules  thereto,  may be
inspected  without charge at the principal  office of the Commission,  450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the following regional offices of
the  Commission:  the New York regional  office located at 7 World Trade Center,
Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048, and the Chicago regional office located at
the Citicorp  Center,  500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois
60661-2511.  Copies of this material may also be obtained from the  Commission's
Public Reference Section at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, at
prescribed rates. In addition, such material may also be accessed electronically
at the Commission's Internet home page: (http:// www.sec.gov).

     The  Company  intends to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual  reports
containing  financial  statements audited by its independent public accountants,
and will make available  quarterly  reports for the first three quarters of each
fiscal year containing  unaudited financial  information and such other periodic
reports as the Company may determine to be  appropriate or as may be required by
law.

                                       68


                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



                                                                                             PAGE
                                                                                             -----
                                                                                          
MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION:
 Independent Auditors' Report ............................................................    F-2

 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1998 .............    F-3

 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997
   and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 1997 (Unaudited) and 1998 .........................    F-4

 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended June 30,
   1995, 1996 and 1997 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 1998 ..........................    F-5

 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997
   and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 1997 (Unaudited) and 1998 .........................    F-6

 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..............................................    F-7

THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.:
 Independent Auditors' Report ............................................................   F-21

 Statements of Income for the Year Ended June 30, 1997 and the Three Months Ended
   September 30, 1997 (Unaudited) ........................................................   F-22

 Notes to Financial Statement ............................................................   F-23


                                      F-1

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
MEDE America Corporation

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of MEDE America
Corporation  and  subsidiaries  (the "Company") as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and
March  31,  1998,  and  the  related  consolidated   statements  of  operations,
stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period  ended June 30, 1997 and the nine  months  ended  March 31,  1998.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the  financial  position of MEDE  America  Corporation  and
subsidiaries as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1998, and the results of
their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended June 30, 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1998 in conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

Jericho, New York
May 8, 1998
(July 17, 1998 as to Note 13)


The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include the effects of a
reverse stock split of the Company's common stock  anticipated to be approved by
the  Company's  Board of  Directors  prior to the  consummation  of this  public
offering.  The above  opinion is in the form which will be signed by  Deloitte &
Touche LLP upon  consummation of the reverse stock split,  which is described in
Note 13 of the notes to  consolidated  financial  statements  and assuming that,
from May 8, 1998 to the date of such reverse  stock split,  no other events will
have  occurred  that  would  affect  the  accompanying   consolidated  financial
statements and notes thereto. 

   
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Jericho, New York
July 22, 1998
    

                                      F-2


                   MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                   JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 AND MARCH 31, 1998
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)



                                                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                                                                                                 STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                             JUNE 30,                               EQUITY
                                                                    ---------------------------    MARCH 31,       MARCH 31,
                                                                        1996           1997           1998           1998
                                                                    ------------   ------------   -----------   --------------
                                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                                  (NOTE 1.O.)

                                                                                                    
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents ......................................    $   2,639      $   1,919      $   1,455
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $1,400, $1,716, and $958, respectively........................        5,989          6,318          7,463
 Formulary receivables ..........................................           74            405          1,502
 Inventory ......................................................          136            172            240
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ......................          661            486            489
                                                                     ---------      ---------      ---------
   Total current assets .........................................        9,499          9,300         11,149
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Net (Notes 3 and 6) ...................        5,601          5,517          4,944
GOODWILL -- Net (Notes 1 and 2) .................................       23,059         25,177         32,408
OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS -- Net (Notes 1 and 4) ..................        4,340          5,014          5,247
OTHER ASSETS ....................................................          532            451            431
                                                                     ---------      ---------      ---------
TOTAL ...........................................................    $  43,031      $  45,459      $  54,179
                                                                     =========      =========      =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
 EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable ...............................................    $   2,567      $   2,134      $   2,753
 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (Notes 5 and
   10) ..........................................................        9,739          9,195          4,880
 Current portion of long-term debt (Note 6) .....................        1,400            538            240
                                                                     ---------      ---------      ---------
   Total current liabilities ....................................       13,706         11,867          7,873
                                                                     ---------      ---------      ---------
LONG-TERM DEBT (Note 6) .........................................       10,201         24,623         40,259
                                                                     ---------      ---------      ---------
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES (Note 10) ...........................        1,173            215            761
                                                                     ---------      ---------      ---------
REDEEMABLE CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK:
 $.01 par  value;  250 shares  authorized;  240  shares  issued 
  and  outstanding (aggregate liquidation value of $23,996 plus ac-
  crued dividends) (Note 9) ....................................        26,423         28,823         30,623      $      --
                                                                     ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 11)
STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
 Common stock, $.01 par value; 6,329 shares authorized; 5,280,
   5,671, and 5,680 shares issued and outstanding, respectively             53             57             57             79
 Additional paid-in capital .....................................       27,850         27,713         26,069         56,670
 Accumulated (deficit) equity ...................................      (36,375)       (47,839)       (51,463)       (51,463)
                                                                     ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
   Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .........................       (8,472)       (20,069)       (25,337)     $   5,286
                                                                     ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
TOTAL ...........................................................    $  43,031      $  45,459      $  54,179
                                                                     =========      =========      =========

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3


                   MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                  YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997 AND
             NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 (UNAUDITED) AND 1998
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)



                                                                                                        NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,                        MARCH 31,
                                                      ------------------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                          1995           1996           1997           1997           1998
                                                      ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                   
REVENUES ..........................................    $  16,246      $  31,768      $  35,279       $ 24,964       $ 30,189
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
 Operations .......................................        9,753         19,174         16,817         12,104         12,485
 Sales, marketing and client services .............        3,615          7,064          8,769          6,143          7,769
 Research and development (Note 1) ................        2,051          2,132          3,278          2,455          2,886
 General and administrative .......................        3,119          6,059          5,263          3,340          3,307
 Depreciation and amortization ....................        2,995          5,176          5,293          3,502          4,846
 Contingent consideration paid to former owners of
   acquired businesses (Note 2) ...................           --            538          2,301            990             --
 Write-down of intangible assets (Note 1) .........        8,191          9,965             --             --             --
 Acquired in-process research and development
   (Note 2) .......................................           --             --          4,354          4,354             --
 Spin-off expense (Note 10) .......................        2,864             --             --             --             --
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------
 Total operating expenses .........................       32,588         50,108         46,075         32,888         31,293
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS ..............................      (16,342)       (18,340)       (10,796)        (7,924)        (1,104)
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE (Note 12) ..................           --            313           (893)          (885)            13
INTEREST EXPENSE, Net .............................          189            584          1,504            779          2,470
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------
LOSS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME
 TAXES ............................................      (16,531)       (19,237)       (11,407)        (7,818)        (3,587)

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (Note 7) ...............           70             93             57             43             37
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------

NET LOSS ..........................................      (16,601)       (19,330)       (11,464)        (7,861)        (3,624)

PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS .........................          (27)        (2,400)        (2,400)        (1,800)        (1,800)
                                                       ---------      ---------      ---------       --------       --------
NET LOSS APPLICABLE TO COMMON
 STOCKHOLDERS .....................................    $ (16,628)     $ (21,730)     $ (13,864)      $ (9,661)      $ (5,424)
                                                       =========      =========      =========       ========       ========
BASIC NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE ...................    $   (3.17)     $   (4.14)     $   (2.56)      $  (1.81)      $  (0.96)
                                                       =========      =========      =========       ========       ========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES
 OUTSTANDING -- BASIC .............................        5,238          5,245          5,425          5,345          5,677
                                                       =========      =========      =========       ========       ========


                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4

                   MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                  YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997 AND
                        NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)



                                                          COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL                      TOTAL
                                                        -----------------    PAID-IN    ACCUMULATED    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                         SHARES   AMOUNT     CAPITAL      DEFICIT     EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                                        -------- -------- ------------ ------------- -----------------
                                                                                      
BALANCE, JULY 1, 1994 (Note 1) ........................     --   $--        $ 23,540     $    (444)      $  23,096
 Net loss .............................................     --    --              --       (16,601)        (16,601)
 Preferred stock dividends ............................     --    --             (27)           --             (27)
 Capital contribution by stockholders and shares issued
   in connection with MEDE OHIO acquisition, and
   capital reorganization (Note 8) ....................  5,237    52           3,952            --           4,004
 Capital contribution of intercompany debt owed to CES
   resulting from the Spin-off (Note 10) ..............     --    --           2,470            --           2,470
                                                         -----   ---        --------     ---------       ---------
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1995 ................................  5,237    52          29,935       (17,045)         12,942
 Net loss .............................................     --    --              --       (19,330)        (19,330)
 Preferred stock dividends ............................     --    --          (2,400)           --          (2,400)
 Issuance of warrants .................................     --    --             121            --             121
 Exercise of stock options ............................     43     1             194            --             195
                                                         -----   ---        --------     ---------       ---------
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1996 ................................  5,280    53          27,850       (36,375)         (8,472)
 Net loss .............................................     --    --              --       (11,464)        (11,464)
 Preferred stock dividends ............................     --    --          (2,400)           --          (2,400)
 Issuance of common stock .............................    371     4           2,121            --           2,125
 Issuance of warrants .................................     --    --              52            --              52
 Exercise of stock options ............................     20    --              90            --              90
                                                         -----   ---        --------     ---------       ---------
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1997 ................................  5,671    57          27,713       (47,839)        (20,069)
 Net loss .............................................     --    --              --        (3,624)         (3,624)
 Preferred stock dividends ............................     --    --          (1,800)           --          (1,800)
 Issuance of warrants .................................     --    --              98            --              98
 Exercise of stock options ............................      9    --              40            --              40
 Compensation relating to grant of options ............     --    --              18            --              18
                                                         -----   ---        --------     ---------       ---------
BALANCE, MARCH 31, 1998 ...............................  5,680   $57        $ 26,069     $ (51,463)      $ (25,337)
                                                         =====   ===        ========     =========       =========


                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5


                   MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
            YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997 AND NINE MONTHS
                   ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 (UNAUDITED) AND 1998
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)


                                                                             YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                ----------------------------------------------
                                                                      1995           1996           1997
                                                                --------------- ------------- ----------------
                                                                                     
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net loss .....................................................    $(16,601)      $ (19,330)     $ (11,464)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used
  in operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization ...............................       2,995           5,176          5,418
  Provision for doubtful accounts .............................         518             406            316
  Write-down of intangible assets .............................       8,191           9,965             --
  Acquired in-process research and development ................          --              --          4,354
  (Gain) loss on sale of assets ...............................          --             313               (8)
  Non-cash compensation expense ...............................          --              --             --
  Changes in  operating  assets and  liabilities  net of 
   effects of businesses acquired:
   Accounts receivable ........................................         648             977           (861)
   Formularly receivables .....................................          --             (74)          (331)
   Inventory ..................................................         (66)            262            (45)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..................         (85)           (179)           175
   Other assets ...............................................          74             243             13
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other cur-
     rent liabilities .........................................        (589)            997           (629)
   Other long-term liabilities ................................       1,354            (409)          (958)
                                                                   --------       ---------      -----------
     Net cash used in operating activities ....................      (3,561)         (1,653)        (4,020)
                                                                   --------       ---------      -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired ..................     (21,566)         (3,648)       (11,450)
 Purchases of property and equipment ..........................        (508)         (1,271)        (1,477)
 Additions to goodwill and other intangible assets ............          --              --           (143)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment .................          --              --            461
 Proceeds from sale of net assets of Premier ..................          --              --            388
                                                                   --------       ---------      -----------
     Net cash used in investing activities ....................     (22,074)         (4,919)       (12,221)
                                                                   --------       ---------      -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Due to stockholders ..........................................       4,484          (4,484)            --
 Issuance of Senior Subordinated Note .........................          --              --         22,875
 Issuance of preferred stock ..................................      23,996              --             --
 Issuance of common stock .....................................       4,004              --          2,125
 Proceeds from intercompany debt due to CES ...................       1,297              --             --
 Net proceeds (repayments) under Credit Facility ..............          --           8,250         (8,250)
 Principal repayments of debt .................................            (1)       (2,852)          (801)
 Principal repayments of capital lease obligations ............        (346)           (452)          (518)
 Exercise of stock options ....................................          --             195             90
                                                                   ----------     ---------      -----------
     Net cash provided by financing activities ................      33,434             657         15,521
                                                                   ----------     ---------      -----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
 EQUIVALENTS ..................................................       7,799          (5,915)          (720)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF
 PERIOD .......................................................         755           8,554          2,639
                                                                   ----------     ---------      -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD.......................    $  8,554       $   2,639      $   1,919
                                                                   ==========     =========      ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for:
  Interest ....................................................    $    246       $     394      $   1,541
                                                                   ==========     =========      ===========
  Income taxes ................................................    $    348       $      69      $     111
                                                                   ==========     =========      ===========
 Non-cash investing and financing activities:
 Assets acquired under capital leases or by incurring debt.....    $    848       $     205      $     129
                                                                   ==========     =========      ===========
 Issuance of warrants .........................................    $     --       $     121      $      52
                                                                   ==========     =========      ===========





                                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                          MARCH 31,
                                                                -----------------------------
                                                                     1997           1998
                                                                -------------- --------------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                                                         
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net loss .....................................................   $ (7,861)      $ (3,624)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used
  in operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization ...............................      3,543          5,096
  Provision for doubtful accounts .............................        195            265
  Write-down of intangible assets .............................         --             --
  Acquired in-process research and development ................      4,354             --
  (Gain) loss on sale of assets ...............................           (8)          13
  Non-cash compensation expense ...............................         --             18
  Changes in  operating  assets and  liabilities  net of  
    effects of  businesses acquired:
   Accounts receivable ........................................         17         (1,410)
   Formularly receivables .....................................       (105)        (1,097)
   Inventory ..................................................          9            (68)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..................         94               (3)
   Other assets ...............................................         84            118
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other cur-
     rent liabilities .........................................     (2,368)        (3,696)
   Other long-term liabilities ................................       (945)           546
                                                                  ----------     ----------
     Net cash used in operating activities ....................     (2,991)        (3,842)
                                                                  ----------     ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired ..................    (11,450)       (10,674)
 Purchases of property and equipment ..........................       (703)          (646)
 Additions to goodwill and other intangible assets ............        (83)          (492)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment .................        218            182
 Proceeds from sale of net assets of Premier ..................        388             --
                                                                  ----------     ----------
     Net cash used in investing activities ....................    (11,630)       (11,630)
                                                                  ----------     ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Due to stockholders ..........................................         --             --
 Issuance of Senior Subordinated Note .........................     22,875             --
 Issuance of preferred stock ..................................         --             --
 Issuance of common stock .....................................      2,125             --
 Proceeds from intercompany debt due to CES ...................         --             --
 Net proceeds (repayments) under Credit Facility ..............     (8,250)        15,925
 Principal repayments of debt .................................       (636)          (508)
 Principal repayments of capital lease obligations ............       (336)          (449)
 Exercise of stock options ....................................         40             40
                                                                  ----------     ----------
     Net cash provided by financing activities ................     15,818         15,008
                                                                  ----------     ----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
 EQUIVALENTS ..................................................      1,197           (464)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF
 PERIOD .......................................................      2,639          1,919
                                                                  ----------     ----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD.......................   $  3,836       $  1,455
                                                                  ==========     ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for:
  Interest ....................................................   $    368       $  1,734
                                                                  ==========     ==========
  Income taxes ................................................   $     34       $     95
                                                                  ==========     ==========
 Non-cash investing and financing activities:
 Assets acquired under capital leases or by incurring debt.....   $     14       $    120
                                                                  ==========     ==========
 Issuance of warrants .........................................   $     52       $     98
                                                                  ==========     ==========

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6


                   MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997 AND
                   NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1998
                 (Information as it relates to the nine months
                      ended March 31, 1997 is unaudited)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a. Description  of Business - MEDE America  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  (the
   "Company")  is a leading  provider of  electronic  data  interchange  ("EDI")
   products  and  services  to a broad  range of  providers  and  payors  in the
   healthcare  industry.  The  Company's  integrated  suite of EDI  products and
   services  permits  hospitals,  pharmacies,  physicians,  dentists,  and other
   healthcare  providers and provider groups to electronically edit, process and
   transmit claims,  eligibility and enrollment  data, track claims  submissions
   through the claims payment process and obtain faster  reimbursement for their
   services.

   The accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of
   MEDE America  Corporation and its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries:  MEDE America,
   Inc. ("MEDE"), Medical Processing Center, Inc. ("MPC"), Wellmark Incorporated
   ("Wellmark"),  Electronic Claims and Funding,  Inc. ("EC&F"),  Premier Dental
   Systems Corp. ("Premier"),  and MEDE America Corporation of Ohio, Inc. ("MEDE
   OHIO")  (formerly  General Computer  Corporation).  MPC,  Wellmark,  and MEDE
   formerly  constituted the healthcare  information  services  business unit of
   Card  Establishment  Services ("CES").  On March 9, 1995, CES was acquired by
   First Data Corporation.  Prior to this transaction,  the former owners of CES
   spun off the healthcare  information  services business unit as a new company
   with MEDE  America  Corporation  formed to serve as the holding  company (the
   "Spin-off").  Because  there was no change in  ownership  as a result of this
   Spin-off,  the accompanying  consolidated  financial statements accounted for
   MEDE, MPC, and Wellmark on an historical cost basis.  Effective July 1, 1997,
   MEDE, MPC and EC&F were merged into MEDE America Corporation.

   The Company has instituted  certain cost reduction  programs and  anticipates
   continuing improvements in its operations. The Company anticipates that these
   changes,  among others, should bring the Company to profitability which, when
   coupled  with its  revolving  credit  facility,  will  enable the  Company to
   satisfy  its  short-term   cash  flow  and  working   capital   requirements.
   Additionally,   the  Company  has  received   support  from  certain  of  its
   stockholders  in the  past  and  believes  that  continued  support  would be
   available if necessary  to meet cash flow and working  capital  requirements.
   However,  if the IPO (as herein  defined) is  consummated  as proposed,  such
   stockholders may not provide continued support (see Note 13).

b. Principles of Consolidation -- All significant intercompany  transactions and
   balances are eliminated in consolidation.

c. Revenue  Recognition -- Transaction and related formularly  services revenues
   (if applicable) are recognized at the time the transactions are processed and
   the services are rendered.  Other service revenues  (including  post-contract
   customer  support)  and  other  revenues   (including  revenues  relating  to
   insignificant  obligations  at the time sales are  recorded)  are  recognized
   ratably  over  applicable  contractual  periods or as  service  is  provided.
   Revenue  from the  licensing  of  software  is  recognized  only  after it is
   determined that the Company has no significant remaining obligations and that
   collectibility of the resulting receivable is probable. Revenue from hardware
   sales is recognized when the hardware is shipped.

d. Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  -- The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid
   instruments  with  original  maturity  dates  of three  months  or less to be
   components of cash and cash equivalents.

e. Accounts  Receivable -- Accounts  receivable are due primarily from companies
   in the healthcare industry.  Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the
   customer's financial condition, and generally collateral is not required.

                                      F-7

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

f. Formularly  Receivables -- Formularly  receivables  represent amounts due for
   pharmacy related services  provided to Practice  Benefit  Management  ("PBM")
   clients.  Services include prescription  processing from EDI transactions and
   collecting  and  distributing   pharmaceutical  company  fees  for  sponsored
   programs to the PBM client.  These  receivables  have a 7-12 month collection
   cycle.

g. Inventory -- Inventory is stated at the lower of cost  (first-in,  first-out)
   or market.

h. Property  and  Equipment  -- Property  and  equipment  is stated at cost less
   accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization,  and is  depreciated  using the
   straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.

i. Goodwill -- Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net
   assets acquired and is amortized on a straight-line basis over 7 to 20 years.
   Accumulated  amortization amounted to $1,858,000 $3,306,000 and $4,816,000 as
   of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1998, respectively.

j. Other Intangible  Assets -- Other intangible  assets include purchased client
   lists,   purchased   software  and  technology,   and  capitalized   software
   development  costs.  Purchased  client lists are amortized on a straight-line
   basis  over three to five  years.  Amortization  of  purchased  software  and
   technology and of  capitalized  software  development  costs is provided on a
   product-by-product  basis at the greater of the amount computed using (a) the
   ratio  of  current  revenues  for a  product  to the  total  of  current  and
   anticipated  future  revenues  or  (b)  the  straight-line  method  over  the
   remaining  estimated  economic  life of the product.  Generally,  an original
   estimated  economic  life of three to five  years is  assigned  to  purchased
   software and technology and an original estimated economic life of five years
   is assigned to capitalized software development costs. Amortization begins in
   the period in which the related  product is available for general  release to
   customers.

k. Software  Development  Costs -- The development of new software  products and
   enhancements  to existing  software  products are expensed as incurred  until
   technological   feasibility  has  been   established.   After   technological
   feasibility  is  established,   any  additional   costs  are  capitalized  in
   accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 86,
   "Accounting For the Cost of Computer Software To Be Sold, Leased or Otherwise
   Marketed."  During  the  nine  months  ended  March  31,  1998,  the  Company
   capitalized  $319,000  of software  development  costs on a project for which
   technological  feasibility had been established but was not yet available for
   customer  release.  Prior  to July 1,  1997,  the  Company  did not  have any
   software  development  projects for which significant  development costs were
   incurred between the  establishment of technological  feasibility and general
   customer release of the product.

l. Impairment  of  Long-Lived   Assets  --  In  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  121
   "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets
   to Be Disposed  Of," the Company  continually  evaluates  whether  events and
   circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful life
   of goodwill and/or other  intangible  assets may warrant revision or that all
   or a portion of the remaining balance may not be recoverable.

   As a result of this evaluation process, during the fiscal year ended June 30,
   1995,  the Company  wrote-off  goodwill  totaling  $8,191,000  related to the
   acquisitions of MPC and Wellmark.  Such write-off was required as a result of
   losses incurred by MPC and Wellmark, the absence of new business generated by
   MPC and  Wellmark  (which the  Company's  management  attributed  to obsolete
   technology),  projected  operating  and cash flow losses for MPC and Wellmark
   and as a result  of the June  1995  acquisition  of  Latpon  (as  hereinafter
   defined) whose  software  technology was utilized to replace the systems used
   by MPC and Wellmark to provide services to clients. Also, as a result of this
   evaluation  process,  during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, the Company
   wrote-down  approximately  $9,965,000  of costs  relating to client lists and
   related  allocable  goodwill  obtained in the  acquisition of MEDE OHIO. Such
   intangible assets were written down to the net present value of the estimated
   future cash flows to be derived from these  clients as of June 30, 1996.  The
   write-down  was required due to a loss of  approximately  25% of the acquired
   MEDE OHIO client base.

                                      F-8


                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

m. Income  Taxes -- The Company  accounts  for income  taxes under SFAS No. 109,
   "Accounting  For Income  Taxes," which  requires  recognition of deferred tax
   assets and  liabilities  for the expected  future tax  consequences of events
   that have been included in the Company's financial statements or tax returns.
   Under this method,  deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined  based
   on the differences  between the financial  accounting and tax bases of assets
   and  liabilities  using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the
   differences are expected to reverse.

n. Use  of  Estimates  in  the  Preparation  of  Financial   Statements  --  The
   preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with  generally  accepted
   accounting  principles  requires management to make estimates and assumptions
   that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
   contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
   the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses  during the reporting  period.
   Actual results could differ from those estimates.

o. Pro Forma Stockholders'  Equity -- Pro forma stockholders' equity as of March
   31, 1998 reflects the  conversion of 239,956  shares of preferred  stock plus
   $6,627,000 of accrued preferred stock dividends at the assumed initial public
   offering ("IPO") price of $14.00 per share. See Note 13.

p. Unaudited Interim Financial  Statements -- In the opinion of management,  the
   unaudited  consolidated  financial statements for the nine months ended March
   31, 1997 are presented on a basis  consistent  with the audited  consolidated
   financial  statements and reflect all adjustments,  consisting of only normal
   recurring  adjustments,  necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the  results
   thereof.  The results of operation  for interim  periods are not  necessarily
   indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year.

q. Reclassifications  -- Certain  amounts in prior years'  financial  statements
   have been reclassified to conform with the 1998 presentation.

2. ACQUISITIONS

a. MEDE OHIO -- In March 1995, the majority  stockholder of the Company acquired
   all of the  outstanding  shares  of MEDE  OHIO for a cash  purchase  price of
   approximately  $22,593,000,  including  transaction  expenses.  The  majority
   stockholder subsequently merged MEDE OHIO into the Company (the "Merger") and
   contributed  an additional  $1,279,000 as part of the capital  reorganization
   described  in Note 8a. The Merger was recorded  using the purchase  method of
   accounting.  The  purchase  price  paid by the  Company  for MEDE OHIO to its
   majority  stockholder  was equal to the  purchase  price paid by its majority
   stockholder.  Therefore,  the purchase accounting adjustments relating to the
   acquisition of MEDE OHIO are based upon the estimated fair values of acquired
   assets and liabilities upon their acquisition by the majority  stockholder of
   the Company in March 1995. Purchased software and technology and client lists
   were valued at $892,000 and $2,527,000,  respectively. Purchased software and
   technology generally is being amortized over three years and purchased client
   lists  are  being  amortized  over five  years  (see Note 1).  MEDE OHIO is a
   developer  of  electronic  systems  which  provide EDI  services  relating to
   insurance claims for prescription and other medical services.

b. Latpon -- In June 1995, the Company purchased certain assets of Latpon Health
   Systems,  Incorporated  ("Latpon") for a cash purchase price of approximately
   $2,470,000,  plus the  assumption of  approximately  $963,000 of  liabilities
   (primarily  long-term  debt).  Purchased  software and  technology and client
   lists were valued at $850,000 and $143,000,  respectively,  and generally are
   being amortized over five years. Latpon provides electronic claims processing
   for hospital and hospital-based  physician groups, as well as business office
   services   that   electronically   and  manually   manage   business   office
   administration.

c. EC&F  and  Premier  -- In  October  1995,  the  Company  acquired  all of the
   outstanding shares of EC&F and Premier, which companies had common ownership,
   for a cash purchase price of approximately $4,050,000,  including transaction
   expenses. The transaction was financed through loans ob-

                                      F-9


                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

   tained from the Company's majority stockholder.  Such loans were subsequently
   repaid with borrowings under the Company's Credit Facility. In addition,  the
   Company  is  contingently  liable  for  additional  consideration  if certain
   earnings  levels are attained  relating to EC&F during the three-year  period
   following the consummation of the transaction.  At June 30, 1996, the Company
   accrued  $538,000 in connection  with the  contingent  liability  relating to
   earnings levels attained during the first year. At June 30, 1997, the Company
   accrued a settlement totaling $2,216,000 relating to the contingent liability
   for the second and third years.  Purchased software and technology was valued
   at $764,000 and  generally  is being  amortized  over three  years.  EC&F and
   Premier are  developers of  electronic  systems which provide EDI services to
   the dental industry. In March 1997, the Company sold the operating net assets
   of Premier for  $540,000,  including  the buyer's  assumption  of $152,000 of
   Premier  liabilities.  There  was no gain or  loss  on the  sale of such  net
   assets.

d. TCS -- In February 1997, the Company  purchased  certain assets of Time-Share
   Computer  Systems,  Inc.  ("TCS")  for  $11,465,000,   including  transaction
   expenses.   Purchased  research  and  development,   which  had  not  reached
   technological  feasibility  and had no  alternative  future use  amounted  to
   $4,354,000 and was charged to operations at the acquisition  date.  Purchased
   software  and  technology  was valued at  $2,619,000  and  generally is being
   amortized  over three years.  TCS provides data  processing  and  information
   management services to healthcare providers and pharmacies through integrated
   electronic  data  interchange  systems.  The  acquisition  was  financed by a
   portion of the proceeds from the Senior  Subordinated Note and Share Purchase
   Agreement (as hereinafter defined) (Note 6).

e. Stockton  -- In  November  1997,  the Company  purchased  certain  assets and
   assumed certain  liabilities of The Stockton Group,  Inc.  ("Stockton") for a
   cash  purchase  price of  $10,674,000,  including  transaction  expenses.  In
   addition, the Company is contingently liable for additional  consideration of
   up to  $2,600,000  (plus  interest at an annual rate of 7.25%) if  Stockton's
   revenue  during the  12-month  period  ended  September  30, 1998 is at least
   $5,000,000.  No accrual  has been made for this  contingent  liability  as of
   March 31, 1998. Such contingent  consideration  will be treated as additional
   purchase  price  and will,  therefore,  be added to  goodwill  when and if it
   becomes  accruable.  Purchased  software and technology and client lists were
   valued at  $968,000  and  $742,000,  respectively,  and  generally  are being
   amortized  over five years.  Stockton is engaged in the business of providing
   EDI and  transaction  processing  services to the  healthcare  industry.  The
   transaction was financed  through  borrowings  under the Company's  revolving
   credit facility.

These  acquisitions  were recorded using the purchase  method of accounting and,
accordingly,  the results of operations of these acquired companies are included
in the  consolidated  results of  operations  of the Company  since the dates of
their respective  acquisitions.  The purchase price of each acquisition has been
allocated to the  respective  net assets  acquired based upon their fair values.
Goodwill,  which  represents the excess of cost over the estimated fair value of
the net assets acquired,  for these  transactions were as follows:  MEDE OHIO --
$22,395,000;  Latpon --  $1,298,000;  EC&F and  Premier  --  $3,586,000;  TCS --
$4,092,000 and Stockton -- $8,704,000. Goodwill is being amortized over 20 years
except for the goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition of TCS which
is being amortized over seven years.

                                      F-10


                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

The following  unaudited pro forma  information for the year ended June 30, 1997
and the nine months ended March 31, 1998 includes the operations of the Company,
inclusive of the operations of both TCS and Stockton as if the  acquisitions had
occurred  at July 1,  1996.  This pro  forma  information  gives  effect  to the
amortization  expense  associated  with  goodwill  and other  intangible  assets
acquired,  adjustments  related  to the  fair  market  value of the  assets  and
liabilities  acquired,  interest expense relating to financing the acquisitions,
and related income tax effects.




                                                   YEAR ENDED      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                 JUNE 30, 1997      MARCH 31, 1998
                                                 ---------------   ------------------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)

                                                            
Revenues ....................................      $  41,824           $ 31,835
                                                   =========           ========
Loss from operations ........................      $ (11,253)          $   (515)
                                                   =========           ========
Net loss ....................................      $ (13,604)          $ (3,320)
                                                   =========           ========
Net loss applicable to common stock .........      $ (16,004)          $ (5,120)
                                                   =========           ========
Basic net loss per share ....................      $   (2.95)          $  (0.90)
                                                   =========           ========


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT



                                                                        JUNE 30,
                                                   USEFUL LIVES    -------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                    (IN YEARS)       1996       1997        1998
                                                  --------------   --------   --------   ----------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                             
Land ..........................................                     $  489     $  210      $  104
Building and improvements .....................       20-25          2,452      2,190       2,156
Furniture and fixtures ........................           5            897      1,150       1,229
Computer equipment ............................         3-5          4,077      5,696       6,442
                                                                    ------     ------      ------
                                                                     7,915      9,246       9,931
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.                      2,314      3,729       4,987
                                                                    ------     ------      ------
Property and equipment -- net .................                     $5,601     $5,517      $4,944
                                                                    ======     ======      ======


4. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Other intangible assets consist of the following:


                                                    JUNE 30,
                                              ---------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                 1996        1997        1998
                                              ---------   ---------   ----------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                             
Purchased client lists ....................    $2,989      $2,989       $3,732
Less, accumulated amortization ............       925       1,518        2,016
                                               ------      ------       ------
                                                2,064       1,471        1,716
                                               ------      ------       ------
Purchased software and technology .........     3,727       6,494        7,544
Less, accumulated amortization ............     1,451       2,951        4,332
                                               ------      ------       ------
                                                2,276       3,543        3,212
                                               ------      ------       ------
Software development costs ................        --          --          319
                                               ------      ------       ------
Other intangible assets -- net ............    $4,340      $5,014       $5,247
                                               ======      ======       ======


                                      F-11

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

5. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:


                                                            JUNE 30,
                                                        ---------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                           1996        1997        1998
                                                        ---------   ---------   ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                       
Accrued wages and related employee benefits .........    $1,020      $1,010       $1,554
Rebate liability ....................................     2,926         488           47
Pharmacy claims liability ...........................        91         576          798
Accrued professional fees ...........................       496         795          109
Deferred revenue ....................................       933         749          822
Accrued reorganization costs (Note 10) ..............     1,273       1,008           --
Due to former owners of acquired business ...........       538       2,216           --
Accrued litigation settlement .......................        --         860          145
Accrued interest ....................................        22           5          717
Other ...............................................     2,440       1,488          688
                                                         ------      ------       ------
Total ...............................................    $9,739      $9,195       $4,880
                                                         ======      ======       ======


6. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:


                                                                                 JUNE 30,
                                                                          -----------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                             1996         1997         1998
                                                                          ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                           
Senior subordinated note less unamortized discount of $2,000,000 at
 June 30, 1997 and $1,750,000 at March 31, 1998 (a)....................    $    --      $23,000      $23,250
Credit Facility (b) ...................................................      8,250           --       15,925
Obligations under capital leases (c) ..................................      1,158          769          440
Loan  payable  relating  to  an  acquisition,   collateralized  by  
 $261,000  of certificates of deposits at March 31, 1998 due in 
 quarterly payments of $15,000 through February 2002, interest at 6.7
 percent...............................................................        392          342          291
Note payable, in connection with the sale of certain assets due in
 monthly installments of $6,000 through January 2000, interest at 6.8
 percent ..............................................................        241          180          131
Notes payable to former shareholders of EC&F, repaid in 1998 ..........        117           95           --
Note payable,  collateralized  by land and building of MEDE OHIO, due in 
 monthly installments of $19,000 through July 2000, interest at 12.5
 percent ..............................................................        730          592          462
Note payable to bank, repaid in 1997 ..................................        296           --           --
Note payable to bank, repaid in 1998 ..................................        173          173           --
Other .................................................................        244           10           --
                                                                           -------      -------      -------
                                                                            11,601       25,161       40,499
Less current portion ..................................................      1,400          538          240
                                                                           -------      -------      -------
Total .................................................................    $10,201      $24,623      $40,259
                                                                           =======      =======      =======


                                      F-12

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

(a) On  February  14,  1997,  the  Company  entered  into an  agreement  with an
    affiliate  of certain  shareholders  of the Company  under which the Company
    issued a  $25,000,000  senior  subordinated  note (the "Senior  Subordinated
    Note")  and  370,993  shares  of  its  common  stock  valued  at  $2,125,000
    (representing  the  estimated  fair  value of the  Common  Stock)  for total
    consideration  of  $25,000,000  (the  "Senior  Subordinated  Note and  Share
    Purchase Agreement").  The $2,125,000 relating to the shares of common stock
    was  recorded  as a discount  on the Senior  Subordinated  Note and is being
    amortized  over  the  term  of the  Senior  Subordinated  Note.  The  Senior
    Subordinated  Note  bears  interest  at the rate of 10% per  annum,  payable
    quarterly.  One half of the principal  sum is due on February 14, 2001,  and
    the  second  half is due on  February  14,  2002.  The  terms of the  Senior
    Subordinated  Note and Share Purchase  Agreement  place  restrictions on the
    consolidation, merger, or sale of the Company, indebtedness, and the payment
    of any cash dividends.

(b) The  revolving  line of credit  from a bank  (the  "Credit  Facility")  , as
    currently  amended on October 30, 1997,  provides for maximum  borrowings of
    $20,000,000 and expires on October 31, 1999.  Borrowings under the agreement
    bear  interest at either the bank's base rate,  as defined,  plus .25% or an
    offshore rate, as defined, plus 1.25%. The weighted average interest rate on
    outstanding  borrowings at March 31, 1998 was 7.07%. The Company is required
    to pay a  commitment  fee of .375% per annum on the  unused  portion  of the
    Credit  Facility.  All  borrowings  under the  agreement  are  guaranteed by
    certain  stockholders of the Company.  In consideration  for the granting of
    such guarantees,  the  stockholders  were issued warrants to purchase 52,530
    shares  (valued at $121,000),  18,330 shares  (valued at $52,000) and 34,200
    shares  (valued at $98,000) of the  Company's  common stock during the years
    ended  June 30,  1996 and 1997 and the nine  months  ended  March 31,  1998,
    respectively. All warrants issued were valued using the Black-Scholes Option
    Pricing  Model.  The aggregate  fair value of these  warrants is recorded in
    other assets as deferred  financing  costs and is being  amortized  over the
    life of the  agreement.  The terms of the  agreement,  among other  matters,
    require the Company to  maintain  certain  leverage  and  interest  coverage
    ratios and place  restrictions on additional  investments,  indebtedness and
    the payment of any cash dividends.

(c) The Company leases certain computer and office equipment under capital lease
    arrangements  expiring  through July 2000.  The gross value of the equipment
    held under capital leases was $1,980,000,  $2,110,000,  and $2,247,000 as of
    June 30,  1996 and 1997 and March 31,  1998,  respectively,  and the related
    accumulated   amortization   was  $994,000,   $1,524,000,   and  $1,848,000,
    respectively.

Maturities of long-term debt as of March 31, 1998 are as follows:



                                                                        DISCOUNT
                  YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,                       GROSS      ON NOTE       NET
- --------------------------------------------------------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                          
1998 (three months from April 1, 1998 to June 30, 1998).    $   180     $   92      $    88
1999 ...................................................        580        394          186
2000 ...................................................     16,354        435       15,919
2001 ...................................................     12,591        481       12,110
2002 ...................................................     12,544        348       12,196
                                                            -------     ------      -------
Total ..................................................    $42,249     $1,750      $40,499
                                                            =======     ======      =======


Based upon the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with
similar terms,  the fair value of the Company's debt  approximates  the carrying
amounts.

7. INCOME TAXES

The  provision  for income taxes for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1995,  1996
and 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 consists  entirely of
current state income taxes.

                                      F-13


                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

The provision  for income taxes varies from the amount  computed by applying the
statutory U.S.  Federal income tax rate to the loss before  provision for income
taxes as a result of the following:



                                                                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,                        MARCH 31,
                                                  ------------------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                      1995           1996           1997           1997           1998
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                               
U.S. Federal statutory rate ...................     $ (5,621)      $ (6,541)      $ (3,878)      $ (2,658)      $ (1,220)
Increases (reductions) due to:
 Nondeductible expenses .......................        1,169          3,674            293            220            183
 State taxes ..................................           70             93             57             43             37
 Net operating losses not producing current tax
   benefits ...................................        4,452          2,867          3,585          2,438          1,037
                                                    --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
 Total ........................................     $     70       $     93       $     57       $     43       $     37
                                                    ========       ========       ========       ========       ========



The net deferred tax asset is comprised of the following:



                                                                    JUNE 30,
                                                           ---------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                               1996           1997           1998
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                
Accounts receivable ....................................    $     607      $     685      $     375
Inventory ..............................................            2             --             --
Property and equipment .................................          (45)           (61)           197
Goodwill ...............................................        2,024          3,540          3,619
Other intangible assets ................................         (163)           366            410
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities .........        2,026          1,264            666
Net operating loss carryforwards .......................       10,121         12,656         13,861
                                                            ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                               14,572         18,450         19,128
Less valuation allowance ...............................      (14,572)       (18,450)       (19,128)
                                                            ---------      ---------      ---------
Total ..................................................    $      --      $      --      $      --
                                                            =========      =========      =========


The valuation  allowance increased during the years ended June 30, 1996 and 1997
and the nine months ended March 31, 1998 primarily as a result of additional net
operating loss carryforwards and net deductible temporary differences, for which
realization was not considered to be more likely than not. In the event that the
tax benefits  relating to the  valuation  allowance are  subsequently  realized,
approximately $5,600,000 of benefits would reduce goodwill.

As of March 31, 1998, the Company had Federal net operating  loss  carryforwards
of approximately $34,650,000. Such loss carryforwards expire in the fiscal years
2005  through  2013.  Because  of the  changes in  ownership,  as defined in the
Internal  Revenue  Code,  which  occurred  during  1995 and  1996,  certain  net
operating loss carryforwards are subject to annual limitations.

8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

a. Capital  Reorganization  -- In connection with the acquisition and subsequent
   merger of MEDE OHIO into the Company  (Note 2), the capital  structure of the
   Company  was  adjusted  such that each  existing  common  stockholder  of the
   Company had the right to receive,  in  exchange  for each common  share held,
   either (i) a cash payment of one dollar (the "MEDE Cash  Consideration"),  or
   (ii) a unit  consisting of one-half of one share of MEDE America  Corporation
   newly issued common stock and five one-thousandths of a share of MEDE America
   Corporation newly issued preferred stock ("MEDE Unit"), together with cash in
   lieu of fractional interests.

                                      F-14


                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

   The Merger  agreement  required  that a minimum of  $5,000,000  of additional
   capital be contributed to the Company through the issuance of additional MedE
   Units ("Additional MEDE Units"). Stockholders who elected to receive the MEDE
   Units were eligible to purchase, through a subscription agreement, Additional
   MEDE Units up to the number that would  maintain their  pre-merger  ownership
   percentage.  The majority stockholder of the Company guaranteed, by adjusting
   the number of additional  units they would purchase,  that the excess of cash
   received  from  the  sale  of  Additional  MEDE  Units  over  the  MEDE  Cash
   Consideration would yield the minimum of $5,000,000 of additional capital.

   As a result of the Merger and the related capital reorganization, the Company
   issued  5,237,456  shares of newly issued common stock and 239,956  shares of
   newly issued preferred stock (Note 9).

   The Company distributed $4,484 of MEDE Cash Consideration during July 1995.

b. Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan -- In March 1995, the Company
   established  a stock option and  restricted  stock  purchase plan (the "Stock
   Plan").  The Stock Plan permits the  granting of any or all of the  following
   types of awards: incentive stock options ("ISOs"); nonqualified stock options
   ("NQSO");  or restricted  stock.  The Stock Plan  authorizes  the issuance of
   655,000 shares of common stock.  ISOs may not be granted at a price less than
   the fair market value of the Company's  common stock on the date of grant (or
   110  percent  of the fair  market  value in the case of persons  holding  ten
   percent or more of the voting  stock of the Company) and expire not more than
   ten years from the date of grant (five  years in the case of ISOs  granted to
   persons holding ten percent or more of the voting stock of the Company).  The
   vesting period relating to the ISOs is determined by the Option  Committee of
   the Board of Directors at the date of grant.  The exercise price,  expiration
   date,  and  vesting  period  relating to NQSOs are  determined  by the Option
   Committee of the Board of Directors at the date of grant.

   The table below summarizes the activity of the Stock Plan for the years ended
   June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1998:



                                                                            WEIGHTED
                                            NUMBER          EXERCISE        AVERAGE
                                              OF             PRICE          EXERCISE
                                            SHARES           RANGE           PRICE
                                         ------------   ---------------   -----------
                                                                 
     Balance July 1, 1994 ............           --      $        --      $   --
       Options granted ...............      480,316     $       4.58      $  4.58
                                            -------     ------------      -------
     Balance June 30, 1995 ...........      480,316     $       4.58      $  4.58
       Options granted ...............      117,950     $       4.58      $  4.58
       Options exercised .............      (42,556)    $       4.58      $  4.58
       Canceled/lapsed ...............      (91,217)    $       4.58      $  4.58
                                            -------     ------------      -------
     Balance, June 30, 1996 ..........      464,493     $       4.58      $  4.58
       Options granted ...............       51,059     $ 4.58-$5.73      $  5.17
       Options exercised .............      (19,642)    $       4.58      $  4.58
       Canceled/lapsed ...............      (65,684)    $       4.58      $  4.58
                                            -------     ------------      -------
     Balance, June 30, 1997 ..........      430,226     $ 4.58-$5.73      $  4.64
       Options granted ...............       81,926     $       5.73      $  5.73
       Options exercised .............       (8,598)    $ 4.58-$5.73      $  4.64
       Canceled/lapsed ...............      (15,057)    $ 4.58-$5.73      $  4.62
                                            -------     ------------      -------
     Balance, March 31, 1998 .........      488,497     $ 4.58-$5.73      $  4.83
                                            =======     ============      =======


                                      F-15

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

   During March 1998, the Company granted 47,565 options at an exercise price of
   $5.73 per share.  Based upon an  independent  valuation,  the  Company  later
   learned that the value of the Company's stock at the date of grant was $6.09.
   As a result, the Company recorded compensation expense of $18,000 relating to
   the granting of these options.

   Significant  option groups outstanding at March 31, 1998 and related weighted
   average price and life information were as follows:



                                      WEIGHTED
                                       AVERAGE       WEIGHTED                     WEIGHTED
                                      REMAINING       AVERAGE                     AVERAGE
    RANGE OF           NUMBER        CONTRACTUAL     EXERCISE        NUMBER       EXERCISE
 EXERCISE PRICE     OUTSTANDING     LIFE (YEARS)       PRICE      EXERCISABLE      PRICE
- ----------------   -------------   --------------   ----------   -------------   ---------
                                                                  
$  4.58              381,260       7.5              $ 4.58          201,394      $ 4.58
$  5.73              107,237       9.6              $ 5.73           10,689      $ 5.73
                     -------                                        -------
                     488,497       7.9              $ 4.83          212,083      $ 4.64
                     =======                                        =======


   The  Company  applies  APB  opinion  No. 25 and  related  interpretations  in
   accounting for its Option Plan.  Accordingly,  no compensation  cost has been
   recognized.  If  compensation  cost for the Company's  stock options had been
   determined   consistent  with  SFAS  No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
   Compensation,"  the  Company's  net loss and net loss per share for the years
   ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 and the nine  months  ended March 31, 1998 would
   have been as follows:



                                                                                        NINE MONTHS
                                                            YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,            ENDED
                                                       -----------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                            1996            1997           1998
                                                       -------------   -------------   ------------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                                                              
   Net loss -- as reported .........................     $ (19,330)      $ (11,464)      $ (3,624)
   Net loss -- pro forma ...........................       (19,345)        (11,518)        (3,678)
   Basic net loss per share -- as reported .........         (4.14)          (2.56)         (0.96)
   Basic net loss per share -- pro forma ...........         (4.15)          (2.57)         (0.96)



   The weighted  average  fair value of the options  granted for the years ended
   June 30,  1996 and 1997,  and for the nine  months  ended  March 31,  1998 is
   estimated at $1.56,  $1.83, and $1.92 on the date of grant (using the minimum
   value option pricing model) with the following  weighted average  assumptions
   for the years  ended June 30, 1996 and 1997,  and for the nine  months  ended
   March 31, 1998, respectively:  a risk-free interest rate of 5.93%, 6.39%, and
   5.86%; an expected  option life of seven years and no expected  volatility or
   dividend  yield.  As  required  by SFAS No.  123,  the impact of  outstanding
   nonvested  stock options granted prior to July 1, 1995 has been excluded from
   the pro forma  calculation;  accordingly,  the 1996,  1997 and 1998 pro forma
   adjustments  are not indicative of future period pro forma  adjustments  when
   the calculation will apply to all applicable stock options.


                                      F-16

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

c. Net income  (loss) per share -- In 1997,  the Company  adopted  SFAS No. 128,
   "Earnings  Per  Share."  Basic  income per share is  determined  by using the
   weighted  average  number of shares of common stock  outstanding  during each
   period.  Diluted  income per share  further  assumes  the  issuance of common
   shares for all dilutive  outstanding stock options and warrants as calculated
   using the treasury stock method.  Diluted earnings per share is not shown for
   any of the  periods  presented  because the effect of  including  outstanding
   options and warrants would be  antidilutive.  The  calculation  for the years
   ended June 30,  1995,  1996 and 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1997
   and 1998 was as follows:



                                                             YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1995                               1996
                                    ---------------------------------- ----------------------------------
                                                            PER-SHARE                          PER-SHARE
                                         LOSS      SHARES     AMOUNT        LOSS      SHARES     AMOUNT
                                    ------------- -------- ----------- ------------- -------- -----------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                            
Net loss ..........................   $ (16,601)                         $ (19,330)
Less: Preferred dividends .........         (27)                            (2,400)
                                      ---------                          ---------
Basic net loss per share ..........   $ (16,628)   5,238   $(3.17)       $ (21,730)   5,245   $(4.14)
                                      =========    =====   ======        =========    =====   ======

                                           YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                    ---------------------------------
                                                  1997
                                    ---------------------------------
                                                            PER-SHARE
                                         LOSS      SHARES    AMOUNT
                                    ------------- -------- ----------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                  
Net loss ..........................   $ (11,464)
Less: Preferred dividends .........      (2,400)
                                      ---------
Basic net loss per share ..........   $ (13,864)   5,425   $(2.56)
                                      =========    =====   ======




                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1997                                    1998
                                      -------------------------------------   ------------------------------------
                                                                 PER-SHARE                               PER-SHARE
                                          LOSS        SHARES       AMOUNT         LOSS        SHARES      AMOUNT
                                      ------------   --------   -----------   ------------   --------   ----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                      
Net loss ..........................     $ (7,861)                               $ (3,624)
Less: Preferred dividends .........       (1,800)                                 (1,800)
                                        --------                                --------
Basic net loss per share ..........     $ (9,661)     5,345     $(1.81)         $ (5,424)     5,677     $(0.96)
                                        ========      =====     ======          ========      =====     ======


9. REDEEMABLE CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK

As of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and March 31,  1998,  the  Company had  outstanding
239,956 shares of preferred  stock.  The preferred stock is subject to mandatory
redemption  in two equal  installments  on May 31, 2001 and 2002;  however,  the
Company may redeem the preferred stock in whole at any time or in part from time
to time at its  option.  The  Company  would  also be  required  to  redeem  the
preferred  stock  should it  consummate  a public  offering of its common  stock
pursuant  to which the  Company  receives  aggregate  net  proceeds  of at least
$15,000,000. (See Note 13).

The redemption  price,  as well as liquidation  value, of the preferred stock is
$100  per  share  plus any  accrued  but  unpaid  dividends.  Dividends  on this
preferred  stock,  which are cumulative,  are payable,  if declared,  at $10 per
share per annum.  No dividends  have been  declared or paid.  At March 31, 1998,
cumulative  undeclared  and unpaid  dividends on this  preferred  stock  totaled
$6,627,000.

10. SPIN-OFF TRANSACTIONS

a. Spin-Off  Expenses  -- As a result  of the  Spin-off  (Note 1),  the  Company
   recorded a charge amounting to $2,864,000. Such charge represented amounts to
   be paid to former  stockholders  of MEDE (who remained as executives of MEDE)
   pursuant to  contractual  agreements  which required such payments to be made
   upon a change in control. The net present value of remaining payments totaled
   $1,420,000  and  $1,005,000  as of June 30, 1996 and 1997,  respectively,  of
   which $500,000 and $1,005,000 were included in accrued  reorganization  costs
   as of June 30, 1996 and 1997,  respectively,  and  $920,000  was  included in
   other long-term liabilities as of June 30, 1996.

b. Capital  Contribution  of  Intercompany  Debt to CES -- On March 9, 1995, the
   date of the  Spin-off,  Wellmark and MPC owed CES  $2,247,000  and  $492,000,
   respectively.  Such balances were forgiven  concurrent with the Spin-off.  In
   addition,  the Company assumed approximately $269,000 of liabilities relating
   to CES employees. The net amount was recorded as a contribution of capital to
   the Company at the Spin-off date.

                                      F-17


                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

a. Leases -- The Company leases certain  offices and equipment  under  operating
   leases.  The  minimum   noncancelable  lease  payments  are  as  follows  (in
   thousands):



YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,
- -------------------
                                                                 
         1998 (three months from April 1, 1998 to June 30, 1998).    $  225
         1999 ...................................................       909
         2000 ...................................................       914
         2001 ...................................................       809
         2002 ...................................................       571
         Thereafter .............................................       381
                                                                     ------
         Total minimum lease payments ...........................    $3,809
                                                                     ======

   Rent  expense for the years ended June 30,  1995,  1996 and 1997 and the nine
   months  ended March 31,  1997 and 1998 was  $951,000,  $853,000,  $1,093,000,
   $800,000 and $837,000, respectively.

b. Litigation  -- The Company is engaged in various  litigation  in the ordinary
   course of business. Management, based upon the advice of legal counsel, is of
   the opinion that the amounts  which may be awarded or assessed in  connection
   with  these  matters,  if  any,  will  not  have  a  material  effect  on the
   consolidated financial position or results of operations.

c. Employment  Contracts -- The Company has employment contracts with certain of
   its  employees  with annual  enumeration  ranging  from  $95,000 to $110,000.
   Future minimum payments under these contracts are as follows (in thousands):



YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,
- --------------------
                                                                 
         1998 (three months from April 1, 1998 to June 30, 1998).    $ 51
         1999 ...................................................     205
         2000 ...................................................      80
                                                                     ----
                                                                     $336
                                                                     ====

d. Defined   Contribution   Plans  --  The  Company   maintained   four  defined
   contribution  plans (the "Plans") for all eligible  employees,  as defined by
   the Plans until April 1, 1996.  On April 1, 1996,  the Company  combined  the
   Plans  into one  defined  contribution  plan (the "New  Plan").  The  Company
   previously made matching contributions at various percentages to three of the
   Plans in accordance  with the respective  Plan documents and currently  makes
   matching contributions to the New Plan in an amount equal to fifty percent of
   the employee salary  deductions to a maximum of four percent of the employees
   salary  in  accordance  with  the New Plan  document.  The  Company  incurred
   $130,000,   $197,000,   $227,000,   $169,000   and   $148,000   for  employer
   contributions  to the Plans/New Plan for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996,
   and 1997 and the nine months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

                                      F-18


                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

e. Service  Agreements -- The Company has entered into service  agreements  with
   telecommunications  providers  which  require the Company to utilize  certain
   minimum monthly amounts of the services of such providers.  These  agreements
   expire through November 2001. The Company was in compliance with the terms of
   these  agreements  as of March 31, 1998.  The minimum  monthly  amounts under
   these agreements are as follows (in thousands):



YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,
- --------------------
                                                                 
         1998 (three months from April 1, 1998 to June 30, 1998).    $   477
         1999 ...................................................      1,795
         2000 ...................................................      1,497
         2001 ...................................................      1,429
         2002 ...................................................        543
                                                                     -------
         Total ..................................................    $ 5,741
                                                                     =======


12. OTHER INCOME

In February 1997, the Company exercised 26,712 options to purchase common shares
of First Data Corporation and subsequently sold the common shares resulting in a
pre-tax  gain of $885,000.  Such options were issued to former  employees of the
Company  prior to the Spin-off but reverted to the Company upon the  termination
of these employees.

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

a. Proposed Public  Offering -- In 1998, the Company  determined to work towards
   an IPO of the Company's common stock on a firm commitment basis. The proposed
   IPO  contemplates  that a total of  3,600,000  shares of common stock will be
   offered at a price between  $13.00 and $15.00 per share.  The net proceeds of
   the IPO will be used to retire  all  outstanding  balances  under its  Senior
   Subordinated  Note and its Credit Facility plus any related accrued  interest
   (Note 6) and for other general corporate purposes including working capital.

b. Reverse  Stock Split and Increase in  Authorized  Common Stock and  Preferred
   Stock -- In  conjunction  with the  proposed  IPO,  the  Company  intends  to
   authorize a reverse stock split of all issued and  outstanding  common shares
   at the rate of 1 for  4.5823,  which will  decrease  the number of issued and
   outstanding  shares as of March 31,  1998 from  approximately  26,025,000  to
   approximately  5,680,000.  This intended  stock split has been  retroactively
   reflected in the accompanying financial statements for all periods presented.
   The  Company  also  intends to  increase  the number of shares of  authorized
   common stock to 30,000,000  and the number of shares of authorized  preferred
   stock to 5,000,000.

c. Recapitalization  -- In  conjunction  with  the  proposed  IPO,  the  Company
   contemplates    a    recapitalization    of   its    capital    stock    (the
   "Recapitalization").  The  Recapitalization  involves the  conversion  of all
   outstanding  preferred stock into common stock (based upon liquidation  value
   as defined in Note 9) and the exercise of all outstanding  warrants (Note 6).
   However,  cash realized by the Company upon any exercise of the underwriters'
   overallotment  option would be applied to the payment of accrued dividends in
   lieu of having  such  dividends  convert  into  common  stock.  To effect the
   conversion  of preferred  stock,  the Company must first amend the  preferred
   stock agreement to allow convertibility.  The preferred stock conversion will
   be  effected  based  upon the IPO price per share.  Assuming  an IPO price of
   $14.00 per share and no  exercise  of the  underwriters'  overallotment,  the
   preferred  stock will be converted  into  approximately  2,187,000  shares of
   common stock. The warrants will be converted,  in a cashless  exercise,  into
   approximately 66,000 shares of common stock.

d. Stock  Purchase  Plan -- In  anticipation  of the proposed IPO, the Board has
   approved  the 1998  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the  "Purchase  Plan").
   Employees of the Company, including direc-

                                      F-19



                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     tors of the Company who are  employees,  are  eligible  to  participate  in
     quarterly  plan  offerings  in  which  payroll  deductions  may be  used to
     purchase  shares of common stock.  The purchase price of such shares is the
     lower of 85 percent of the fair market value of the common stock on the day
     the  offering  commences  and 85  percent of the fair  market  value of the
     common stock on the date the offering terminates. The first offering period
     under the Purchase Plan will not commence until the completion of the IPO.

   
e.   New Stock Option and Restricted  Stock Purchase Plan -- In  anticipation of
     the  proposed  IPO,  the Board  has  approved  the 1998  Stock  Option  and
     Restricted  Stock Purchase Plan (the "New Stock Plan").  The New Stock Plan
     permits  the  granting  of any or all of the  following  types  of  awards:
     incentive stock options;  nonqualified stock options;  restricted stock; or
     other stock-based awards, to officers,  employees,  directors,  consultants
     and advisors of the Company.  To date,  no options have been granted  under
     the New Stock  Plan,  however,  the Board  determined  to grant  options to
     purchase an aggregate  400,000  shares of common stock  pursuant to the New
     Stock Plan to certain employees of the Company (including certain executive
     officers)  contingent  upon  consummation  of the IPO. Such options,  which
     include  both  incentive  and  non-qualified  stock  options,  will have an
     exercise  price  equal to the price to the public in the IPO and  generally
     will vest  ratably  over four years from the date of grant  except that the
     initial  installment of options to be granted to certain executive officers
     will vest immediately upon consummation of the IPO.
    

f.   Revolving Line of Credit -- During July 1998, the Company received a letter
     from the lender under the Credit Facility  committing to provide an amended
     credit facility with total available credit of $15.0 million. This facility
     would be comprised of a $7.5 million term loan to be used for  acquisitions
     and a $7.5  million  revolving  credit loan to be used for working  capital
     purposes,  each with a maximum  term of two years from  October  31,  1998.
     Interest  for the term and  revolver  loans is  computed  at .25% above the
     bank's base rate, or 1.25% above a Eurodollar  based rate.  Such  borrowing
     rates are at the option of the Company  for any  particular  period  during
     which borrowings exist.

   
g.   Transaction  Processing  Agreement -- On July 17, 1998, the Company entered
     into a Transaction  Processing Agreement (the "Processing  Agreement") with
     Medic  Computer  Systems,  Inc.  ("Medic"),  a subsidiary of Misys plc that
     develops  and  licenses  software  for  healthcare  providers,  principally
     physicians, MSOs and PPMs. Under the Processing Agreement, the Company will
     undertake certain software development obligations,  and on July 1, 1999 it
     will be the exclusive processor (subject to certain exceptions) for Medic's
     subscribers for medical  reimbursement claims submitted to payors with whom
     MedE has or establishes  connectivity.  Under the Processing Agreement, the
     Company  will be entitled to certain  revenues to be paid by payors as well
     as certain fees to be paid by Medic.  The  Processing  Agreement sets forth
     detailed   performance   criteria  and   development   and   implementation
     timetables.  The  Processing  Agreement  is for a fixed term of five years,
     with annual renewals thereafter.

     Contemporaneously,  to  ensure a close  working  relationship  between  the
     parties,  on July 17,  1998 the  Company  granted  to Medic a warrant  (the
     "Medic Warrant") to acquire 1,250,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock,
     at a per share exercise price equal to the price of the Common Stock to the
     public in the Offering.  The Medic Warrant vests over a two year period and
     may be  exercised  up to five  years  after  issuance.  The  Medic  Warrant
     contains customary weighted average  antidilution  provisions.  The Company
     and the principal  stockholders  associated  with WCAS and WBCP have agreed
     that  following the completion of the Offering and until the earlier of the
     termination of the Processing Agreement or the disposition by Medic and its
     affilates of at least 25% of the shares of Common Stock  issuable under the
     Medic Warrant,  Medic shall have the right to designate one director to the
     Company's Board of Directors. Medic has not yet named a designee.
    

                                      F-20


                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
The Stockton Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying statement of income of The Stockton Group, Inc.
(the  "Company") for the year ended June 30, 1997.  This financial  statement is
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about   whether  the   statement  of  income  is  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and  disclosures in the statement of income.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall statement of income presentation.
We believe that our audit of the statement of income provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our  opinion,  such  statement  of income  presents  fairly,  in all material
respects,  the results of  operations of the Company for the year ended June 30,
1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina
October 7, 1997

                                      F-21

                           THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS
                     ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)



                                                      YEAR ENDED      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    JUNE 30, 1997     SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                   ---------------   -------------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
                                                               
REVENUES .......................................    $  3,801,953         $1,056,748
OPERATING EXPENSES:
 Operations ....................................        (563,295)          (137,495)
 Sales, marketing, and client services .........        (899,366)          (203,133)
 Research and development ......................        (103,153)           (24,405)
 General and administrative ....................        (159,517)           (72,425)
 Non-cash stock compensation (Note 4) ..........      (1,280,000)                --
 Depreciation and amortization .................        (109,336)           (37,411)
                                                    ------------         ----------
   Total operating expenses ....................      (3,114,667)          (474,869)
                                                    ------------         ----------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS .........................         687,286            581,879
INTEREST EXPENSE ...............................        (111,260)           (22,574)
OTHER INCOME ...................................          11,229              8,020
                                                    ------------         ----------
NET INCOME (Note 1) ............................    $    587,255         $  567,325
                                                    ============         ==========


                       See notes to financial statement.

                                      F-22

                            THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT
               YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                         SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)

              (INFORMATION AS IT RELATES TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                        SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 IS UNAUDITED)

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
   ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description  of  Business -- The  Stockton  Group,  Inc.  (the  "Company"),  was
incorporated  as an S Corporation  in the State of South  Carolina in July 1993.
The Company  provides  computer-based  prescription  drug claims  processing  to
Pharmaceutical  Benefit  Managers  ("PBMs"),  Health  Maintenance  Organizations
("HMOs"),   Preferred  Provider  Organizations  ("PPOs"),  insurance  companies,
Third-Party  Administrators  ("TPAs"),  self-insured employers, and Taft-Hartley
Funds.  The Company's  services  range from claims  processing  to  full-service
program  management,  including  eligibility  verification,  drug  coverages and
exclusions,  concurrent  utilization review, drug pricing  verification,  supply
limitations and other applicable plan design requirements.  The Company supports
a network of over 40,000 pharmacies nationwide.

In addition to claims  processing fees, the Company receives rebate revenue from
drug manufacturers for prescription drug transactions that are processed through
the Company's system.

Use of Estimates in the  Preparation of Financial  Statements -- The preparation
of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent  assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses  during the  reporting  period.  Actual  results  could
differ from those estimates.

Major Customers -- For the year ended June 30, 1997,  three customers  accounted
for approximately 15%, 12% and 10%, respectively, of total revenues.

Revenue Recognition -- Revenue from prescription drug claims processing services
and  rebates  from drug  manufacturers  are  recognized  when the  services  are
delivered.

Property  and  Equipment  -- Property and  equipment  is  depreciated  using the
double-declining  balance method over the estimated  useful lives of the related
assets.  Assets under capital  leases are  depreciated  using the  straight-line
method over the lease term.

Income Taxes -- The Company has elected to be taxed as an S Corporation,  and as
such its income is included in the current  taxable  income of its  stockholder.
Accordingly, no provision has been made in the accompanying financial statements
for federal or state income taxes.

Unaudited  Interim  Financial  Statement  -- In the opinion of  management,  the
unaudited  statement of income for the three months ended  September 30, 1997 is
presented  on a basis  consistent  with the  audited  statement  of  income  and
reflects  all  adjustments,  consisting  of only normal  recurring  adjustments,
necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the  results  thereof.  The  results  of
operations  for the three months  ended  September  30, 1997 is not  necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year.

2. NOTE PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDER

The Company had a note  payable to  stockholder  with an  outstanding  principal
balance of $359,621 at June 30, 1997.  The note bore interest at a rate of prime
plus .25% (8.75% at June 30, 1997).

3. LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company leased certain  equipment under operating leases expiring at various
dates  through  April  2000.  Rent  expense for the year ended June 30, 1997 was
approximately $12,000.

                                      F-23

                            THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT - (CONTINUED)

In addition,  the Company  leased its office  facility and certain  computer and
office  equipment under capital lease  arrangements  with interest rates ranging
from 14.5% to 25%,  expiring  through July 2011. The lease  arrangement  for the
office  facility was with a corporation in which the Company's sole  stockholder
holds an ownership interest.

4. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS

During 1994,  the Company  granted a key  employee  the right to acquire  common
stock equivalent to a 25% equity ownership in the Company at no cost. The shares
have not yet  been  issued.  At the  date of the  grant,  the  Company  recorded
compensation  cost equal to the fair market value of shares to be awarded to the
executive.

During 1997, the Company  entered into an employment  agreement with another new
key executive. Among other things, the agreement granted the executive the right
to acquire a 10% equity  ownership  in the Company at a nominal cost ($1.00) or,
if the Company is sold within one year, to receive 10% of the sales  proceeds as
defined.  Accordingly, the Company has recorded compensation cost in 1997, equal
to the estimated  cash  settlement  to be paid to the  executive  based upon the
anticipated proceeds from the sale of the Company. (See Note 5).

5. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

In November 1997, the Company sold certain computer equipment, intangible assets
and the operations of the Company to MEDE America Corporation.  All other assets
and liabilities remained with the Company. The purchase price was $10,400,000 in
cash. In addition,  the purchase agreement requires additional  consideration of
up to  $2,600,000  (plus  interest  at an  annual  rate of  7.25%) to be paid if
Stockton's  revenue  during the 12-month  period ended  September 30, 1998 is at
least $5,000,000.

                                    ******
















                                      F-24




====================================== ======================================
     NO DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR OTHER                                       
PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY                                       
INFORMATION    OR    TO    MAKE    ANY                                       
REPRESENTATIONS   CONTAINED   IN  THIS                                       
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH                                       
INFORMATION  OR  REPRESENTATIONS   NOT                                       
CONTAINED  HEREIN  MUST NOT BE  RELIED                                       
UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY THE                                       
COMPANY, ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS OR BY            3,600,000 SHARES           
ANY OTHER PERSON. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES                                       
NOT  CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A                                       
SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY,  ANY                                       
SECURITIES  OTHER  THAN THE  SHARES OF                                       
COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY,  NOR DOES                                       
IT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER TO SELL OR A                                       
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF                 [LOGO]                
THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY, TO ANY                                       
PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT                                       
IS  UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR                                       
SOLICITATION  TO SUCH PERSON.  NEITHER                                       
THE  DELIVERY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR                                       
ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER                                       
ANY    CIRCUMSTANCES     CREATE    ANY                                       
IMPLICATION   THAT   THE   INFORMATION                                       
CONTAINED  HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY              MEDE AMERICA             
DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.                  CORPORATION             
                                                                             
   ---------------------------------                                         
           TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                 
                                                                             
   
                                  PAGE                                       
                                  ----                                       
Prospectus Summary ..............   3               COMMON STOCK             
Risk Factors ....................  10                                        
Use Of Proceeds .................  19                                        
Dividend Policy .................  19                                        
Capitalization ..................  20                                        
Dilution ........................  21                                        
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated                                             
   Financial Information ........  22        --------------------------      
Selected Financial Data .........  29                                        
Management's    Discussion   And                     PROSPECTUS              
   Analysis     Of     Financial                                             
   Condition   And   Results  Of             --------------------------      
   Operations ...................  31                                        
Business ........................  42                                        
Management ......................  53                                        
Certain Transactions ............  59                                        
Principal Stockholders ..........  60                                        
Description Of Capital Stock ....  62                                        
Shares Eligible For Future Sale .  64                                        
Underwriting ....................  66                                        
Legal Matters ...................  67                                        
Experts .........................  67                                        
Additional Information ..........  68           SALOMON SMITH BARNEY         
Index To Financial Statements ... F-1                                        

                                                                             
  ----------------------------------           WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY       
                                                                             
     UNTIL _____ , 1998 (25 DAYS AFTER                                       
THE  DATE  OF  THIS   PROSPECTUS)  ALL      VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY     
DEALERS EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN THE                                       
COMMON    STOCK,    WHETHER   OR   NOT                                       
PARTICIPATING  IN  THIS  DISTRIBUTION,                                       
MAY   BE   REQUIRED   TO   DELIVER   A                                       
PROSPECTUS.  THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT                                       
IS IN  ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION  OF                                       
DEALERS TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS  WHEN               JULY  , 1998            
ACTING   AS   UNDERWRITERS   AND  WITH                                       
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS OR                                       
SUBSCRIPTIONS.                         
    

====================================== ======================================


                                    PART II
                  INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     The following table sets forth the Registrant's expenses in connection with
the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered. Except for the
SEC Registration Fee and the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
("NASD") Filing Fee, the amounts listed below are estimates:


                                                     
       SEC Registration Fee .........................    $ 18,320
       NASD Filing Fee ..............................       6,710
       Nasdaq Listing Fees ..........................           *
       Legal Fees and Expenses ......................           *
       Blue Sky Fees and Expenses ...................      10,000
       Accounting Fees and Expenses .................           *
       Printing and Engraving .......................           *
       Transfer Agent and Register Fees and Expenses.           *
       Miscellaneous ................................    $   *
                                                        ---------
       Total ........................................    $950,000
                                                        =========

- ----------
* To be filed by Amendment.

ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS


     The  Company's  Amended and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (the
"Restated  Certificate") and By-laws provide that the Company shall indemnify to
the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General  Corporation Law ("DGCL"),
each person who is involved in any litigation or other  proceeding  because such
person is or was a director or officer of the Company or is or was serving as an
officer or director of another entity at the request of the Company, against all
expense,  loss or  liability  reasonably  incurred  or  suffered  in  connection
therewith.  The  Restated  Certificate  and  By-laws  provide  that the right to
indemnification includes the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any
proceeding in advance of its final  disposition;  provided,  however,  that such
advance  payment  will  only  be  made  upon  delivery  to  the  Company  of  an
undertaking, by or on behalf of the director or officer, to repay all amounts so
advanced if it is  ultimately  determined  that such director is not entitled to
indemnification.  If the Company does not pay a proper claim for indemnification
in full  within  60 days  after a  written  claim  for such  indemnification  is
received by the Company,  the Restated Certificate and Restated Bylaws authorize
the  claimant  to bring  an  action  against  the  Company  and  prescribe  what
constitutes a defense to such action.

     Section 145 of the DGCL permits a corporation  to indemnify any director or
officer  of  the  corporation  against  expenses  (including  attorney's  fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
in connection with any action,  suit or proceeding brought by reason of the fact
that such person is or was a director or officer of the  corporation,  and, with
respect  to any  criminal  action or  proceeding,  if he or she had no reason to
believe his or her conduct was  unlawful.  In a derivative  action,  (i.e.,  one
brought by or on behalf of the  corporation),  indemnification  may be made only
for  expenses,  actually and  reasonably  incurred by any director or officer in
connection  with the defense or  settlement  of such an action or suit,  if such
person acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to be in,
or not  opposed  to,  the best  interests  of the  corporation,  except  that no
indemnification  shall be made if such  person  shall have been  adjudged  to be
liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which
the action or suit was brought shall  determine that the defendant is fairly and
reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of
liability.

                                      II-1


     Pursuant  to  Section  102(b)(7)  of the  DGCL,  the  Restated  Certificate
eliminates the liability of a director to the  corporation  or its  stockholders
for monetary damages for such breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for
liabilities arising (i) from any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
corporation or its  stockholders,  (ii) from acts or omissions not in good faith
or which involve  intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law,  (iii)
under  Section  174 of the DGCL,  or (iv) from any  transaction  from  which the
director derived an improper personal benefit.

     The  Company  expects  to obtain  primary  and  excess  insurance  policies
insuring the directors and officers of the Company against  certain  liabilities
that they may incur in their  capacity as  directors  and  officers.  Under such
policies, the insurers, on behalf of the Company, may also pay amounts for which
the Company has granted indemnification to the directors or officers.

     Additionally,  reference  is made to the  Underwriting  Agreement  filed as
Exhibit 1.1 hereto,  which provides for  indemnification  by the Underwriters of
the Company, its directors and officers who sign the Registration  Statement and
persons who control the Company, under certain circumstances.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, the
Corporation has sold the following securities that were not registered under the
Securities Act:

(a) Issuances of Capital Stock

     On June 27, 1995, in connection  with the  acquisition by the Registrant of
MEDE Ohio and a related  offering,  the Registrant  issued an aggregate  239,956
shares  of  Preferred  Stock  and  13,999,538  shares  of  Common  Stock  to the
stockholders  of the  parent  company  of  MEDE  Ohio  and  stockholders  of the
Registrant. 

     On December 18, 1995, in connection  with their  agreement to guarantee the
Registrant's  obligations  under a credit  agreement  between the Registrant and
Bank of America Illinois (the "Credit Facility"),  the Registrant issued to WCAS
V, WCAS VI,  Blair V and Blair LCF  warrants to purchase  an  aggregate  240,720
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.

     On July 18, 1996,  the Company  issued 500 shares of Common Stock to Sharon
Hallberg, an employee of the Company, as a performance bonus.

     On January 10,  1997,  in  connection  with their  agreement  to  guarantee
additional  obligations  of the  Registrant  under and  amendment  to the Credit
Facility,  the Company issued to WCAS V, WCAS VI, Blair V and Blair LCF warrants
to purchase an aggregate 84,000 shares,  of Common Stock at an exercise price of
$1.25 per share.

     On February  14,  1997,  the  Company  issued to WCAS CP II, for a purchase
price of $25 million,  (i) a 10% Senior  Subordinated Note due February 14, 2002
in the aggregate  principal  amount of $25,000,000 and (ii) 1,700,000  shares of
Common Stock.

     On September 9, 1997,  the Company  issued 500 shares of Common Stock to Ed
Feltner, an employee of the Company, as a performance bonus.

     On October 31,  1997,  in  connection  with their  agreement  to  guarantee
additional obligations of the Registrant under the amended Credit Agreement, the
Company issued to WCAS VI and Blair V warrants to purchase an aggregate  156,720
shares, of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share.

   
     On July 17, 1998, the Company granted to Medic the Medic Warrant to acquire
1,250,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock,  at a per share exercise price
equal to the price of the Common Stock to the public in the Offering.  The Medic
Warrant vests over a two year period and may be exercised up to five years after
issuance.     

(b) Certain Grants and Exercises of Stock Options

     The  MEDE  America  Corporation  and  its  Subsidiaries  Stock  Option  and
Restricted  Stock  Purchase  Plan  was  adopted  by the  Registrant's  Board  of
Directors  on March 22, 1995.  As of May 29, 1998,  options to purchase up to an
aggregate 3,349,000 shares of Common Stock, had been granted to employees of the

                                      II-2

Registrant and its subsidiaries  thereunder,  of which options to purchase up to
an aggregate  2,389,600  shares of Common Stock, at a weighted  average exercise
price of $1.09 per share,  were  outstanding  as of such date.  The  Company has
issued an  aggregate  350,400  shares of Common  Stock upon the exercise of such
options.

     The securities  issued in the foregoing  transactions in paragraphs (a) and
(b) above were offered and sold in reliance upon  exemptions from Securities Act
registration set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or any regulations
promulgated  thereunder,  relating to sales by an issuer not  involving a public
offering. No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities.

     The sale and issuance of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from
registration  under  the  Securities  Act in  reliance  on  Section  4(2) of the
Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder,  or Rule 701 promulgated
under  Section  3(b) of the  Securities  Act, as  transactions  by an issuer not
involving a public  offering or transactions  pursuant to  compensatory  benefit
plans and contracts  relating to  compensation  as provided under such Rule 701.
The  recipients  of  securities  in  each  such  transaction  represented  their
intention to acquire the securities  for investment  only and not with a view to
or for sale in connection with any distribution  thereof and appropriate legends
were  affixed  to  the  share   certificates  and  instruments  issued  in  such
transactions.  All recipients had adequate access,  through their  relationships
with the Company, to information about the Registrant.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Exhibits

   



 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                     DESCRIPTION
  ------                     -----------
     
  1.1+ --   Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  2.1+ --   Asset Purchase Agreement among MEDE AMERICA Corporation,  General
            Computer  Corporation,  Time-Share Computer Systems, et al, dated as
            of February 3, 1997.

  2.2+ --   Asset Purchase Agreement among MEDE AMERICA Corporation,  General
            Computer Corporation, The Stockton Group, et al, dated as of October
            20, 1997.

  3.1+ --   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as amended.

  3.2+ --   Form  of  Registrant's   Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
            Incorporation.

  3.3+ --   Amended Bylaws of the Registrant.

  3.4+ --   Agreement and Plan of Merger,  dated as of May 17, 1995,  between
            MEDE AMERICA Corporation and GENCC Holdings Corporation.

  4.1* --   Specimen certificate for shares of Common Stock.

  4.2+ --   Note  and  Share   Purchase   Agreement   between  MEDE  AMERICA
            Corporation and WCAS Capital Partners II, L.P., dated as of February
            14, 1997.

  4.3+ --   Warrant Agreement dated as of October 31, 1997 among MEDE AMERICA
            Corporation,  Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe V, L.P., Welsh, Carson
            Anderson & Stowe VI,  L.P.,  William  Blair  Leveraged  Capital Fund
            Limited  Partnership  and William  Blair Capital Part- ners V, L.P.,
            and Warrants issued thereunder.

  4.4+ --   Warrant Agreement dated as of January 10, 1997 among MEDE AMERICA
            Corporation,  Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe V, L.P., Welsh, Carson
            Anderson & Stowe VI,  L.P.,  William  Blair  Leveraged  Capital Fund
            Limited  Partnership  and William  Blair Capital Part- ners V, L.P.,
            and Warrants issued thereunder.

  4.5+ --   Warrant  Agreement  dated as of  December  18,  1995  among MEDE
            AMERICA  Corpora-  tion,  Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V, L.P.,
            Welsh,  Carson  Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P.,  William Blair  Leveraged
            Capital Fund Limited  Partnership and William Blair Capital Partners
            V, L.P., and Warrants issued thereunder.

  4.6 --    Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated as of February  14, 1997
            between MEDE AMERICA Corporation and WCAS Capital Partners II, L.P.

  4.7 --    Warrant,  dated  as of July 17,  1998,  issued  by MEDE  AMERICA
            Corporation to Medic Computer Systems, Inc.

  4.8 --    Registration Rights Agreement,  dated as of July 17, 1998 between
            MEDE AMERICA Cor- poration and Medic Computer Systems, Inc.

    

                                      II-3


   


  EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                    DESCRIPTION
   ------                    -----------
      
  4.9  --   Stockholders  Agreement,  dated as of July 17,  1998 among Medic
            Computer  Systems,  Inc., Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V, L.P.,
            Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P.,  William  Blair  Capital
            Partners V, L.P., WCAS Capital  Partners II, L.P., and William Blair
            Leveraged Capital Fund Limited Partnership.

  4.10 --   Investment  Agreement,  dated as of July 17, 1998  between  MEDE
            AMERICA Corporation and Medic Computer Systems, Inc.

  5.1* --   Opinion of Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt,  Maynard & Kristol,  with
            respect to the legality of securities being registered.

 10.1+ --   MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and Its  Subsidiaries  Stock Option and
            Restricted Stock Purchase Plan as amended.

 10.2+ --   Credit  Agreement  between MEDE AMERICA  Corporation  and Bank of
            America  Illinois  dated as of December  18,  1995 as amended,  with
            accompanying guarantees.

 10.3+ --   Form  of   Indemnification   Agreement   between   MEDE  AMERICA
            Corporation and Directors thereof.

 10.4  --   Agreement  of Lease dated as of October 15,  1991  between  HMCC
            Associates and MedE America, Inc.

 10.5+ --   Lease  Agreement  dated as of July 10, 1995 as amended January 3,
            1997 between T&J Enter- prises, LLC and Electronic Claims & Funding,
            Inc.

 10.6+ --   Commitment  Letter  dated  July 15,  1998 from  Bank of  America
            National Trust & Savings  Association  to MEDE AMERICA  Corporation,
            regarding amendment to Credit Facility.

 10.7+ --   Form of  Non-Competition,  Non-Solicitation  and  Confidentiality
            Agreement between MEDE AMERICA Corporation and Employees.

 10.8+ --   MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and Its Subsidiaries  1998 Stock Option
            and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan.

 10.9**--   Transaction  Processing  Agreement,  dated as of July  17,  1998
            between MEDE AMERICA Cor- poration and Medic Computer Systems, Inc.

 10.10 --   MEDE AMERICA Corporation 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 21.1+ --   Subsidiaries of the Company.

 23.1  --   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accountants.

 23.2  --   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accountants.

 23.3* --   Consent  of Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt,  Maynard & Kristol  (see
            Exhibit 5.1).

 24.1+ --   Power of Attorney.

 27.1+ --   Financial Data Schedule.


    
- ----------

   
 * To be filed by amendment.
** Confidential treatment requested.
    
 + Previously filed.


(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

     (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of
the   registrant   pursuant   to   the   provisions    described   under   "Item
14-Indemnification   of  Directors  and  Officers"  above,  or  otherwise,   the
Registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

                                      II-4



   (b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

       (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
    1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of
    this  registration  statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    or  497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall be  deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

       (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
   of 1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that contains a form of prospectus
   shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
   offered  therein,  and the offering of such  securities at that time shall be
   deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (c)  The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
underwriter   at  the  closing   specified  in  the   underwriting   agreements,
certificates in such  denominations  and registered in such names as required by
the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

                                      II-5



                                  SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized, on July 22, 1998.
    


                                              MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                              By: THOMAS P. STAUDT
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Thomas P. Staudt
                                                 President and
                                                 Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities held on the dates indicated.



         SIGNATURES                            TITLE                         DATE
         ----------                            -----                         ----
                                                                  
   
      THOMAS P. STAUDT        President and Chief Executive             July 22, 1998
- -------------------------     Officer (Principal executive officer);
      Thomas P. Staudt        Director


      THOMAS P. STAUDT        Chief Financial Officer (Principal        July 22, 1998
- -------------------------     financial and accounting officer)
    Richard P. Bankosky


      THOMAS P. STAUDT        Director                                  July 22, 1998
- -------------------------
     Thomas E. McInerney


     THOMAS P. STAUDT         Director                                  July 22, 1998
- -------------------------
   Anthony J. de Nicola


     THOMAS P. STAUDT         Director                                  July 22, 1998
- -------------------------
    Timothy M. Murray
    



                                      II-6


                                                                    SCHEDULE II

                   MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
               SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS



             COLUMN A                  COLUMN B              COLUMN C                 COLUMN D         COLUMN E
  --------------------------------     --------     --------------------------        --------         --------
                                                             ADDITIONS
                                                    --------------------------
                                                                    CHARGED TO
                                      BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO       OTHER                           BALANCE AT
                                       BEGINNING      COST AND      ACCOUNTS-        DEDUCTIONS         END OF
           DESCRIPTIONS                OF PERIOD      EXPENSES       DESCRIBE        -DESCRIBE          PERIOD
- ----------------------------------   ------------   ------------   -----------   -----------------   -----------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                      
Year ended June 30, 1995 -
 Allowance for bad debts .........      $  868          $518           $--           $    -- (1)        $1,386
                                        ======          ====           ===           ==                 ======
Year ended June 30, 1996 -

 Allowance for bad debts .........      $1,386          $406           $--           $    392 (1)       $1,400
                                        ======          ====           ===           ========           ======
Year ended June 30, 1997 -

 Allowance for bad debts .........      $1,400          $316           $--           $    -- (1)        $1,716
                                        ======          ====           ===           ========           ======
Nine months ended
 March 31, 1998 -

 Allowance for bad debts .........      $1,716          $265           $             $  1,023 (1)       $  958
                                        ======          ====           ===           ========           ======

- ----------
(1)  Amounts written off.

                                      S-1

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
  EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                    DESCRIPTION
   ------                    -----------
   
  1.1+ --   Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  2.1+ --   Asset Purchase Agreement among MEDE AMERICA Corporation,  General
            Computer  Corporation,  Time-Share Computer Systems, et al, dated as
            of February 3, 1997.

  2.2+ --   Asset Purchase Agreement among MEDE AMERICA Corporation,  General
            Computer Corporation, The Stockton Group, et al, dated as of October
            20, 1997.

  3.1+ --   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as amended.

  3.2+ --   Form  of  Registrant's   Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
            Incorporation.

  3.3+ --   Amended Bylaws of the Registrant.

  3.4+ --   Agreement and Plan of Merger,  dated as of May 17, 1995,  between
            MEDE AMERICA Corporation and GENCC Holdings Corporation.

  4.1* --   Specimen certificate for shares of Common Stock.

  4.2+ --   Note  and  Share   Purchase   Agreement   between  MEDE  AMERICA
            Corporation and WCAS Capital Partners II, L.P., dated as of February
            14, 1997.

  4.3+ --   Warrant Agreement dated as of October 31, 1997 among MEDE AMERICA
            Corporation,  Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe V, L.P., Welsh, Carson
            Anderson & Stowe VI,  L.P.,  William  Blair  Leveraged  Capital Fund
            Limited  Partnership  and William  Blair Capital Part- ners V, L.P.,
            and Warrants issued thereunder.

  4.4+ --   Warrant Agreement dated as of January 10, 1997 among MEDE AMERICA
            Corporation,  Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe V, L.P., Welsh, Carson
            Anderson & Stowe VI,  L.P.,  William  Blair  Leveraged  Capital Fund
            Limited  Partnership  and William  Blair Capital Part- ners V, L.P.,
            and Warrants issued thereunder.

  4.5+ --   Warrant  Agreement  dated as of  December  18,  1995  among MEDE
            AMERICA  Corpora-  tion,  Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V, L.P.,
            Welsh,  Carson  Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P.,  William Blair  Leveraged
            Capital Fund Limited  Partnership and William Blair Capital Partners
            V, L.P., and Warrants issued thereunder.

  4.6 --    Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated as of February  14, 1997
            between MEDE AMERICA Corporation and WCAS Capital Partners II, L.P.

  4.7 --    Warrant,  dated  as of July 17,  1998,  issued  by MEDE  AMERICA
            Corporation to Medic Computer Systems, Inc.

  4.8 --    Registration Rights Agreement,  dated as of July 17, 1998 between
            MEDE AMERICA Cor- poration and Medic Computer Systems, Inc.

  4.9 --    Stockholders  Agreement,  dated as of July 17,  1998 among Medic
            Computer  Systems,  Inc., Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V, L.P.,
            Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P.,  William  Blair  Capital
            Partners V, L.P., WCAS Capital  Partners II, L.P., and William Blair
            Leveraged Capital Fund Limited Partnership.

  4.10 --   Investment  Agreement,  dated as of July 17, 1998  between  MEDE
            AMERICA Corporation and Medic Computer Systems, Inc.

  5.1* --   Opinion of Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt,  Maynard & Kristol,  with
            respect to the legality of securities being registered.

 10.1+ --   MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and Its  Subsidiaries  Stock Option and
            Restricted Stock Purchase Plan as amended.

 10.2+ --   Credit  Agreement  between MEDE AMERICA  Corporation  and Bank of
            America  Illinois  dated as of December  18,  1995 as amended,  with
            accompanying guarantees.

 10.3+ --   Form  of   Indemnification   Agreement   between   MEDE  AMERICA
            Corporation and Directors thereof.

 10.4  --   Agreement  of Lease dated as of October 15,  1991  between  HMCC
            Associates and MedE America, Inc.

 10.5+ --   Lease  Agreement  dated as of July 10, 1995 as amended January 3,
            1997 between T&J Enter- prises, LLC and Electronic Claims & Funding,
            Inc.

 10.6+ --   Commitment  Letter  dated  July 15,  1998 from  Bank of  America
            National Trust & Savings  Association  to MEDE AMERICA  Corporation,
            regarding amendment to Credit Facility.

 10.7+ --   Form of  Non-Competition,  Non-Solicitation  and  Confidentiality
            Agreement between MEDE AMERICA Corporation and Employees.

 10.8+ --   MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and Its Subsidiaries  1998 Stock Option
            and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan.

 10.9**--   Transaction  Processing  Agreement,  dated as of July  17,  1998
            between MEDE AMERICA Cor- poration and Medic Computer Systems, Inc.

 10.10 --   MEDE AMERICA Ciroiratuib 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 21.1+ --   Subsidiaries of the Company.

 23.1  --   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accountants.

 23.2  --   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accountants.

 23.3* --   Consent  of Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt,  Maynard & Kristol  (see
            Exhibit 5.1).

 24.1+ --   Power of Attorney.

 27.1+ --   Financial Data Schedule.

    
- ----------
   
 * To be filed by amendment.
** Confidential treatment requested.
    
 + Previously filed.